3आज बापदादा अपने लकीएस्ट और होलीएस्ट बच्चों से होली मनाने आये हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē luckiest aur holiest bachchō̃ sē hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lucky aur holiest[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own lucky and holiest child from (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada has come to celebrate Holi with His luckiest and holiest children.
4दुनिया वाले तो कोई भी उत्सव सिर्फ मनाते हैं लेकिन आप बच्चे सिर्फ मनाते नहीं , मनाना अर्थात् बनना . duniyā vālē tō kōī bhī utsav sirph manātē haĩ lēkin āp bachchē sirph manātē nahī̃ , manānā arthāt bannā . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō kōī bhī[x] utsav[x] sirph[adj.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sirph[adj.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] , manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . world those who then anyone x only celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you child only celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not , celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
3People of the world simply celebrate a festival, whereas you children don't only celebrate it; to celebrate means to become.
5तो आप होली अर्थात् पवित्र आत्मायें बन गये . tō āp hōlī|holy arthāt pavitra ātmāyē̃ ban gayē . tō āp[pn.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then you (Holi|holy) that is pure soul become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
4So you have become holy, that is, pure souls.
6आप सभी कौन सी आत्मायें हो ? āp sabhī kaun see|sī|C ātmāyē̃ hō ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? you all who (see|x) soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
5What type of souls are all of you?
7होली अर्थात् महान पवित्र आत्मायें . hōlī|holy arthāt mahān pavitra ātmāyē̃ . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt mahān, mahā[adj.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . (Holi|holy) that is great pure soul .
6You are holy, that is, greatly pure souls.
8दुनिया वाले तो शरीर को स्थूल रंग से रंगते हैं लेकिन आप आत्माओं ने आत्मा को कौन से रंग में रंगा है ? duniyā vālē tō śharīr kō sthūl raṅg sē raṅgtē haĩ lēkin āp ātmāō̃ nē ātmā kō kaun sē raṅg mē̃ raṅgā hai ? duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sthūl[adj.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sē[postp.] raṅgnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? world those who then body to physical (colour|x[root]) from x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you soul ∅ soul to who from (colour|x[root]) in x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
7People of the world simply colour their bodies with a physical colour, but what colour have you souls coloured the soul with?
9सबसे अच्छे ते अच्छा रंग कौनसा है ? sabsē achchhē tē achchhā raṅg kaunsā hai ? sabsē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? the most achcha from achcha (colour|x[root]) which be[pres.sg.23] ?
8Which is the best colour of all?
10अविनाशी रंग कौनसा है ? avināśhī raṅg kaunsā hai ? avināśhī[adj.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? imperishable (colour|x[root]) which be[pres.sg.23] ?
9Which is the imperishable colour?
11आप जानते हो , आप सबने परमात्म संग का रंग आत्मा को लगाया जिससे आत्मा पवित्रता के रंग में रंग गई . āp jāntē hō , āp sabnē paramātma saṅg kā raṅg ātmā kō lagāyā jissē ātmā pavitratā kē|K raṅg mē̃ raṅg gaī . āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , āp[pn.pl.] sabnē paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.sē] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . you know[pres.pl.m.2] , you x Supreme Soul company of (colour|x[root]) soul to attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.sē] soul purity (of|K) (colour|x[root]) in x[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
10You know that you have coloured the soul with the colour of God's company; through that the soul has been coloured with the colour of purity.
12यह परमात्म संग का रंग कितना महान और सहज है इसलिए परमात्म संग का महत्व अभी अन्त में भी सतसंग का महत्व होता है . yah paramātma saṅg kā raṅg kitnā mahān aur sahaj hai isliē paramātma saṅg kā mahatva abhī ant mē̃ bhī satsaṅg kā mahatva hōtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahān, mahā[adj.] aur sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] satsaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this Supreme Soul company of (colour|x[root]) so great and easy be[pres.sg.23] therefore Supreme Soul company of importance now end in too spiritual gathering of importance be[pres.sg.m.23] .
11This colour of God's company is so great and easy because even now, at the end, people give importance to God's company; they give importance to the satsang (Company of Truth).
13सतसंग का अर्थ ही है परमात्म संग , जो सबसे सहज है . satsaṅg kā arth|earth hī hai paramātma saṅg , jō sabsē sahaj hai . satsaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] sabsē sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . spiritual gathering of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] Supreme Soul company , that the most easy be[pres.sg.23] .
12The meaning of satsang is God's company, which is the easiest of all.
14संग में रहना और ऊंचे ते ऊंचे संग में रहना क्या मुश्किल है क्या ? saṅg mē̃ rahnā aur ūñchē tē ūñchē saṅg mē̃ rahnā kyā muśhkil hai kyā ? saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? company in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and elevated from elevated company in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] what difficult be[pres.sg.23] what ?
13Is it difficult to remain in His company, in the company of the Highest on High?
15और इस संग के रंग में रहने से जैसे परमात्मा ऊंचे ते ऊंचा है वैसे आप बच्चे भी ऊंचे ते ऊंचे पवित्र महान आत्मायें पूज्य आत्मायें बन गई . aur is saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ rahnē sē jaisē paramātmā ūñchē tē ūñchā hai vaisē āp bachchē bhī ūñchē tē ūñchē pavitra mahān ātmāyē̃ pūjya ātmāyē̃ ban gaī . aur yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pavitr[adj.] mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . and this company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] from like Supreme Soul elevated from elevated be[pres.sg.23] x you child too elevated from elevated pure great soul worthy of worship soul become[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
14Just as God is the Highest on High, then, by being coloured with the colour of this company you children too become the highest-on-high, pure, great souls, the worthy-of-worship souls.
16यह अविनाशी संग का रंग प्यारा लगता है ना ! yah avināśhī saṅg kā raṅg pyārā lagtā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! this imperishable company of (colour|x[root]) loving x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
15You love the colour of this imperishable company, do you not?
17दुनिया वाले कितना प्रयत्न करते हैं परम आत्मा का संग तो छोड़ो सिर्फ याद करने में भी कितनी मेहनत करते हैं . duniyā vālē kitnā prayatna kartē haĩ param ātmā kā saṅg tō chhōṛō sirph yād karnē mē̃ bhī kitnī mēhnat kartē haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayatna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sirph[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . world those who so x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Supreme soul of company then renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only remembrance do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too so effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
16People of the world make so much effort; let alone God's company, they make so much effort even just to have remembrance.
18लेकिन आप आत्माओं ने बाप को जाना , दिल से कहा मेरा बाबा . lēkin āp ātmāō̃ nē bāp kō jānā , dil sē kahā mērā bābā . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . but you soul ∅ father to (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) , heart from say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kā] Baba .
17However, you souls know the Father, and you said with your heart, "My Baba".
19बाप ने कहा मेरे बच्चे और रंग लग गया . bāp nē kahā mērē bachchē aur raṅg lag gayā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kē] child and (colour|x[root]) x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
18The Father said, "My children", and you were coloured.
20बाप ने कौन सा रंग लगाया ? bāp nē kaun sā raṅg lagāyā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kaun sā[x] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? father ∅ which (colour|x[root]) attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
19With which colour did the Father colour you?
21ज्ञान का गुलाल लगाया , गुणों का रंग लगाया , शक्तियों का रंग लगाया , जिस रंग से आप तो देवता बन गये लेकिन अब कलियुग अन्त तक भी आपके पवित्र चित्र देव आत्माओं के रूप में पूजे जाते हैं . gyān kā gulāl lagāyā , guṇō̃ kā raṅg lagāyā , śhaktiyō̃ kā raṅg lagāyā , jis raṅg sē āp tō dēvtā ban gayē lēkin ab kaliyug ant tak bhī āpkē pavitra chitra dēv ātmāō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ pūjē jātē haĩ . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gulāl[n.f.;sg.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.sg.o.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] tō dēvtā bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin ab[adv.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pavitr[adj.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . knowledge of red colour attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] , virtue of (colour|x[root]) attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Shakti of (colour|x[root]) attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that (colour|x[root]) from you then become deity but now iron age end until too you[.kē] pure picture deity soul (of|K) Rup in (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
20He coloured you with red colour (gulal - red powder specially used for worship). 21He coloured you with virtues and with powers with which you became deities, so that even now, at the end of the iron age, your pure images are worshipped in the form of deity souls.
22पवित्र आत्मायें बहुत बनते हैं , महान आत्मायें बहुत बनते हैं , धर्म आत्मायें बहुत बनते हैं लेकिन आपकी पवित्रता देव आत्माओं के रूप में आत्मा भी पवित्र बनती और आत्मा के साथ शरीर भी पवित्र बनता है . pavitra ātmāyē̃ bahut bantē haĩ , mahān ātmāyē̃ bahut bantē haĩ , dharm ātmāyē̃ bahut bantē haĩ lēkin āpkī pavitratā dēv ātmāō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ ātmā bhī pavitra bantī aur ātmā kē sāth śharīr bhī pavitra bantā hai . pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kī] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres-part.f.] aur ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . pure soul very become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , great soul very become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , religion soul very become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kī] purity deity soul (of|K) Rup in soul too pure become[pres-part.f.] and soul with body too pure become[pres.sg.m.23] .
22Many become pure souls, many become great souls and righteous souls, but your purity in the form of deities is such that the soul becomes pure and the body also becomes pure.
23इतनी श्रेष्ठ पवित्रता बनी कैसे ? itnī śhrēṣhṭh pavitratā banī kaisē ? itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-part.f.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? such elevated purity become[past-part.f.] how ?
23How did you have such elevated purity?
24सिर्फ संग के रंग से . sirph saṅg kē|K raṅg sē . sirph[adj.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sē[postp.] . only company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) from .
24Simply with the colour of the Company.
25आप सभी फलक से कहते हो , अगर कोई आप बच्चों से पूछे , परमात्मा कहाँ रहता है ? āp sabhī phalak sē kahtē hō , agar kōī āp bachchō̃ sē pūchhē , paramātmā kahā̃ rahtā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , agar kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? you all sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] , if some you child from (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) , Supreme Soul where remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
25All of you speak with intoxication when someone asks you children where God is.
26परमधाम में तो है ही लेकिन अभी संगम में परमात्मा आपके साथ कहाँ रहता है ? paramdhām mē̃ tō hai hī lēkin abhī saṅgam mē̃ paramātmā āpkē sāth kahā̃ rahtā hai ? paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x in then be[pres.sg.23] only but now confluence in Supreme Soul you[.kē] with where remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
26Of course He is in the supreme abode, but now, at the confluence age, where does God stay with you?
27आप क्या जवाब देंगे ? āp kyā javāb dēgē ? āp[pn.pl.] kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you what x give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
27What response would you give?
28परमात्मा को अभी हम पवित्र आत्माओं का दिलतख्त ही अच्छा लगता है . paramātmā kō abhī ham pavitra ātmāō̃ kā diltakhta hī achchhā lagtā hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] ham[pn.pl.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Supreme Soul to now we pure soul of heart throne only enjoy .
28Now, God only likes the heart-throne of us pure souls.
29ऐसे है ना ? aisē hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
29It is like that, is it not?
30आपके दिल में बाप रहता , आप बाप के दिल में रहते . āpkē dil mē̃ bāp rahtā , āp bāp kē|K dil mē̃ rahtē . āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . you[.kē] heart in father remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , you father (of|K) heart in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
30The Father stays in your heart and you stay in the Father's heart.
31रहते हैं ? rahtē haĩ ? rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
31Do you stay in His heart?
32हाथ उठाओ जो रहता है ? hāth uṭhāō jō rahtā hai ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? raise your hands that remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
32Those who stay in His heart, raise your hands!
33रहते हैं ? rahtē haĩ ? rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
33Do you?
34अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
34Achcha.
35बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
35Very good.
36फलक से कहते हो परमात्मा को मेरे दिल के सिवाए और कहाँ अच्छा नहीं लगता है क्योंकि कम्बाइण्ड रहते हो ना ! phalak sē kahtē hō paramātmā kō mērē dil kē|K sivāē aur kahā̃ achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai kyōṅki combined rahtē hō nā ! phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē aur kahā̃ achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki combined rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] Supreme Soul to I[.kē] heart (of|K) except and where achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] because combined remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
36You say with the intoxication that God doesn't like any other place than your heart because you remain combined.
37कम्बाइण्ड रहते हो ना ! combined rahtē hō nā ! combined rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! combined remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
37You do remain combined, do you not?
38कई बच्चे कम्बाइण्ड कहते हुए भी सदा बाप की कम्पनी का लाभ नहीं लेते हैं . kaī bachchē combined kahtē huē bhī sadā bāp kī|key company kā lābh nahī̃ lētē haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] combined kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key company kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some child combined say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too constantly father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) company of x not take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
38Some children say that they remain combined, but they do not always take the benefit of the Father's company.
39कम्पैनियन तो बना लिया है , पक्का है . companion tō banā liyā hai , pakkā hai . companion tō bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]) , firm be[pres.sg.23] .
39You have made Him your Companion, and that is firm.
40मेरा बाबा कहा तो कम्पैनियन तो बना लिया लेकिन हर समय कम्पनी का अनुभव करना , इसमें अन्तर पड़ जाता है . mērā bābā kahā tō companion tō banā liyā lēkin har|her samay company kā anubhav karnā , ismē̃ antar paṛ jātā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō companion tō bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] lēkin har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] company kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then x then (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) but (x|x[root]) time company of experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
40You said, "My Baba!", and so you made Him your Companion, but there is a difference between that and in experiencing His company at every moment.
41इसमें बापदादा देखते हैं नम्बरवार फायदा उठाते हैं . ismē̃ bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ number-vār phāydā uṭhātē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] number-wār fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.mē̃] BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] numberwise profit uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
41BapDada sees that, in this, you take benefit numberwise.
42कारण क्या होता , आप सभी अच्छी तरह से जानते हो . kāraṇ kyā hōtā , āp sabhī achchhī tarah sē jāntē hō . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] . because what be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , you all achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.2] .
42And, all of you know very well what the reason for that is.
43बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है अगर दिल में रावण की कोई पुरानी जायदाद , पुराने संस्कार के रूप में रह गये है तो रावण की चीज़ पराई चीज़ हो गई ना ! bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai agar dil mē̃ rāvaṇ kī|key kōī purānī jāydād , purānē saṅskār kē|K rūp mē̃ rah gayē hai tō rāvaṇ kī|key chīz parāī chīz hō gaī nā ! bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] agar dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jāydād[n.f.;sg.] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[x.root+jānā] tō rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chīz[n.f.;sg.] parāyā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā ! BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] if heart in Ravan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) some old x , old sanskar (of|K) Rup in remain[x.root+jānā] then Ravan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) thing foreign thing be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ !
43BapDada has told you earlier too: If there is any of Ravan's old property in the form of old sanskars still remaining in your heart, then things belonging to Ravan are not yours, they belong to someone else!
44पराई चीज़ को कभी भी अपने पास रखा नहीं जाता है . parāī chīz kō kabhī bhī apnē pās|pass rakhā nahī̃ jātā hai . parāyā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . foreign thing to ever too one’s own (x|pass) (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) not go[pres.sg.m.23] . 45निकाल दिया जाता है . nikāl diyā jātā hai . nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] go[pres.sg.m.23] .
44You would never keep with you something that doesn't belong to you; you would get rid of it.
46लेकिन बापदादा ने देखा है , रूहरिहान में सुनते भी हैं कि क्या कहते बच्चे , बाबा मैं क्या करूं , मेरे संस्कार ही ऐसे हैं . lēkin bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai , rūhrihān mē̃ suntē bhī haĩ ki kyā kahtē bachchē , bābā maĩ kyā karū̃ , mērē saṅskār hī aisē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , spiritual conversation in listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] child , Baba I what do[opt.sg.1] , I[.kē] sanskar only such be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
45However, BapDada has seen and He also hears in the heart-to-heart conversations what the children say: Baba, what can I do? 46My sanskars are like that."
47क्या यह आपके हैं , जो कहते हो मेरे संस्कार ? kyā yah āpkē haĩ , jō kahtē hō mērē saṅskār ? kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] ? what this you[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that say[pres.pl.m.2] I[.kē] sanskar ?
47Are they your sanskars that you are saying, "My sanskars"?
48यह कहना राइट है कि मेरे पुराने संस्कार हैं , मेरी नेचर है , राइट है ? yah kahnā right hai ki mērē purānē saṅskār haĩ , mērī nature hai , right hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nature hōnā[pres.sg.23] , right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this say[inf.m.sg.d.] right be[pres.sg.23] that I[.kē] old sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , I[.kī] nature be[pres.sg.23] , right be[pres.sg.23] ?
48Is it right to say, "It is my old sanskar and my old nature."
49राइट है ? right hai ? right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? right be[pres.sg.23] ?
49Is it right?
50जो समझते हैं राइट है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ right hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] right be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
50Those who think it is right to say this, raise your hands!
51कोई नहीं उठाता . kōī nahī̃ uṭhātā . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some not uplift[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
51None of you are raising your hand.
52तो कहते क्यों हो ? tō kahtē kyō̃ hō ? tō kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
52So, why do you say it?
53गलती से कह देते हो ? galatī|galtī sē kah dētē hō ? galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ? (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from say[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ?
53Is it that you say it by mistake?
54जब मरजीवा बन गये , आपका अभी सरनेम क्या है ? jab marjīvā ban gayē , āpkā abhī surname kyā hai ? jab marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , āp[pn.pl.kā] ab[adv.hī] surname kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? when dying alive become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , you[.kā] now surname what be[pres.sg.23] ?
54Since you have died alive, what is your surname now?
55पुराने जन्म का सरनेम है वा बी . के . का सरनेम है . purānē janm kā surname hai vā B|be . kē|K . kā surname hai . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] surname hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā B|be . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] surname hōnā[pres.sg.23] . old (life|be born[root]) of surname be[pres.sg.23] or (x|be) . (of|K) . of surname be[pres.sg.23] .
55Do you have the surname of your past birth or is your surname B.K.?
56क्या अपना लिखते हो ? kyā apnā likhtē hō ? kyā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what (adopt[root]|one’s own) write[pres.pl.m.2] ?
56What do you write as your surname?
57बी . के . या फलाना , फलाना … ? B|be . kē|K . yā phalānā , phalānā … ? B|be . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . yā phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … ? (x|be) . (of|K) . or x , x … ?
57B.K. or So-and-so? 58So-and-so?
58जब मरजीवा बन गये तो पुराने संस्कार मेरे संस्कार कैसे हुए ? jab marjīvā ban gayē tō purānē saṅskār mērē saṅskār kaisē huē ? jab marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? when dying alive become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then old sanskar I[.kē] sanskar how be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
59Since you have died alive, how can the old sanskars be yours?
59यह पुराने तो पराये संस्कार हुए . yah purānē tō parāyē saṅskār huē . yah[pn.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō parāyā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . this old then foreign sanskar be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
60The old sanskars belong to someone else.
60मेरे तो नहीं हुए ना ! mērē tō nahī̃ huē nā ! maĩ[pn.sg.kē] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā ! I[.kē] then not be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ !
61They are not yours.
61तो इस होली में कुछ तो जलायेंगे ना ! tō is hōlī|holy mē̃ kuchh tō jalāyēṅgē nā ! tō yah[pn.sg.o.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh tō jalānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! then this (Holi|holy) in anything then burn[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
62So, in this Holi, you will burn something, will you not?
62होली जलाते भी हैं और रंग लगाते भी हैं तो आप सभी इस होली पर क्या जलायेंगे ? hōlī|holy jalātē bhī haĩ aur raṅg lagātē bhī haĩ tō āp sabhī is hōlī|holy par kyā jalāyēṅgē ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kyā jalānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (Holi|holy) burn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and (colour|x[root]) attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] then you all this (Holi|holy) (at|other) what burn[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
63At Holi, something is burnt and they also colour something, and so what will all of you burn in this Holi?
63मेरे संस्कार , यह अपने ब्राह्मण जीवन की डिक्शनरी से समाप्त करना . mērē saṅskār , yah apnē brāhmaṇ jīvan kī|key dictionary sē samāpt karnā . maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] , yah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dictionary sē[postp.] samāpt karnā[x] . I[.kē] sanskar , this one’s own Brahmin life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from x .
64"My sanskars" - finish this from the dictionary of Brahmin life.
64जीवन भी एक डिक्शनरी है ना ! jīvan bhī ēk dictionary hai nā ! jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dictionary hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! life too one x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
65Life is also a dictionary, is it not?
65तो अभी कभी स्वप्न में भी यह नहीं सोचना , संकल्प की तो बात ही छोड़ो लेकिन पुराने संस्कार को मेरे संस्कार मानना , यह स्वप्न में भी नहीं सोचना . tō abhī kabhī svapn mē̃ bhī yah nahī̃ sōchnā , saṅkalp kī|key tō bāt hī chhōṛō lēkin purānē saṅskār kō mērē saṅskār mānnā , yah svapn mē̃ bhī nahī̃ sōchnā . tō ab[adv.hī] kabhī[adv.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then now ever dream in too this not think[inf.m.sg.d.] , thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then matter only renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but old sanskar to I[.kē] sanskar x[inf.m.sg.d.] , this dream in too not think[inf.m.sg.d.] .
66So, now, never even in your dreams should you think, let alone in your thoughts - don't ever think even in your dreams that the old sanskars are your sanskars.
66अब तो जो बाप के संस्कार वह आपके संस्कार , सभी कहते हो ना हमारा लक्ष्य है बाप समान बनना . ab tō jō bāp kē|K saṅskār vah āpkē saṅskār , sabhī kahtē hō nā hamārā lakṣhya hai bāp samān bannā . ab[adv.] tō jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] saṅskār[x] , sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ham[pn.pl.kā] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now then that father (of|K) sanskar that you[.kē] sanskar , all say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ we[.kā] aim be[pres.sg.23] equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
67Now, whatever are the Father's sanskars are your sanskars. 68All of you say, do you not, that your aim is to become equal to the Father?
67तो सभी ने अपने दिल में यह दृढ़ संकल्प का अपने से प्रतिज्ञा की ? tō sabhī nē apnē dil mē̃ yah dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā apnē sē pratigyā kī|key ? tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? then all ∅ one’s own heart in this determined thought of one’s own from x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
69So, have you all made this promise to yourselves with this determined thought in your heart?
68गलती से भी मेरा नहीं कहना . galatī|galtī sē bhī mērā nahī̃ kahnā . galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] mērā nahī̃[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from too Nothing is "mine" say[inf.m.sg.d.] .
70Never say "mine" even by mistake.
69मेरा मेरा कहते हो ना , तो जो पुराने संस्कार हैं ना वह फायदा उठाते हैं . mērā mērā kahtē hō nā , tō jō purānē saṅskār haĩ nā vah phāydā uṭhātē haĩ . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , tō jō[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . I[.kā] I[.kā] say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , then that old sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ that profit uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
71When you say "mine, mine" the old sanskars take advantage.
70जब मेरा कहते हैं तो वह बैठ जाते हैं , निकलते नहीं हैं . jab mērā kahtē haĩ tō vah baiṭh jātē haĩ , nikaltē nahī̃ haĩ . jab maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , nikalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . when I[.kā] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , be extracted[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
72When you say "mine" they settle down with you; they don't go away.
71बापदादा सभी बच्चों को किस रूप में देखना चाहते हैं ? bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō kis rūp mē̃ dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ ? bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] ? BapDada all child to (what|who) Rup in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] ?
73In which form does BapDada wish to see all of you?
72जानते तो हो , मानते भी हो . jāntē tō hō , māntē bhī hō . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
74You know this and you also accept it.
73बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को भ्रकुटी के तख्तनशीन , स्वराज्य अधिकारी राजा बच्चा , अधीन बच्चा नहीं , राजा बच्चा , कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर , रूलिंग पावर , मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान स्वरूप में देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō bhrakuṭī kē|K takhtnaśhīn , svarājya adhikārī rājā bachchā , adhīn bachchā nahī̃ , rājā bachchā , controlling power , ruling power , master sarvśhaktivān svarūp mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhrakuṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K takhtnaśhīn[adj.] , svarājya adhikārī[x] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , adhīn[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , controlling power[x] , ruling power[x] , master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada each one child to forehead (of|K) seated on the throne , self-sovereign king child , dependent child not , king child , controlling power , ruling power , master Almighty Authority form in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
75BapDada wishes to see each child seated on the throne of the forehead, to be a king-child who has a right to self-sovereignty, not a dependent child; He is seeing you as one who is a king-child, one who has controlling power and ruling power and is a master almighty authority.
74आप अपना कौन सा रूप देखते ? āp apnā kaun sā rūp dēkhtē ? āp[pn.pl.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun sā[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? you (adopt[root]|one’s own) which Rup see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
76In what form do you see yourself?
75यही ना , राज्य अधिकारी हो ना ! yahī nā , rājya adhikārī hō nā ! yahī[pn.;d.] nā , rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! this ∅ , master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
77It is this form, is it not? 78You are masters of the self, are you not?
76अधीन तो नहीं हैं ना ? adhīn tō nahī̃ haĩ nā ? adhīn[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? dependent then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
79You are not dependent, are you?
77अधीन आत्माओं को आप सभी अधिकारी बनाने वाले हो . adhīn ātmāō̃ kō āp sabhī adhikārī banānē vālē hō . adhīn[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . dependent soul to you all (one) who has a right create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
80All of you are the ones who make all the dependent souls into those who have a right.
78आत्माओं के ऊपर रहमदिल बन अधीन से उन्हों को भी अधिकारी बनाने वाले हो . ātmāō̃ kē ūpar merciful ban adhīn sē unhō̃ kō bhī adhikārī banānē vālē hō . ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] merciful ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] adhīn[adj.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . soul over merciful (x|become[root]) dependent from that to too (one) who has a right create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
81You are the ones who are merciful towards souls who are dependent and make them into those who have a right.
79तो आप सभी भी होली मनाने आये हो ना ? tō āp sabhī bhī hōlī|holy manānē āyē hō nā ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ? then you all too (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
82So, all of you have also come here to celebrate Holi, have you not?
80बापदादा को भी खुशी है कि सभी स्नेह के विमान द्वारा , सभी के पास विमान है ना ! bāpdādā kō bhī khuśhī hai ki sabhī snēh kē|K vimān dvārā , sabhī kē pās vimān hai nā ! bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] that all love (of|K) x through , all to x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
83BapDada is also pleased that all of you have come here in the viman of love. 84All of you have this viman, do you not?
81है विमान ? hai vimān ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] x ?
85Do you have this viman?
82बापदादा ने हर ब्राह्मण को जन्मते ही गिफ्ट दी मन के विमान की . bāpdādā nē har|her brāhmaṇ kō janmatē hī gift dī|the man kē|K vimān kī|key . bāpdādā nē[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] janmatē hī[x] gift dēnā[past-part.f.]|the man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . BapDada ∅ (x|x[root]) Brahmin to x gift (give[past-part.f.]|the) mind (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
86As soon as you took birth, BapDada gave each Brahmin a birthday gift of the viman of the mind.
83तो मन का विमान है सभी के पास ? tō man kā vimān hai sabhī kē pās ? tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] ? then mind of x be[pres.sg.23] all to ?
87So, do all of you have the viman of the mind?
84अच्छा हाथ उठा रहे हैं . achchhā hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha raise your hands .
88You are raising your hand very well for this.
85ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
89It is OK?
86पेट्रोल ठीक है ? petrol ṭhīk hai ? petrol ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
90Is the petrol OK?
87पंख ठीक हैं ? paṅkh ṭhīk haĩ ? paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? wing OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
91Are the wings OK?
88स्टार्ट करने का आधार ठीक है ? start karnē kā ādhār ṭhīk hai ? start karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of basis OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
92Is the key to start it OK?
89चेक करते हो ? check kartē hō ? check karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? check do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
93Do you check these things?
90ऐसा विमान जो तीनों लोकों में सेकण्ड में जा सकता है . aisā vimān jō tīnō̃ lōkō̃ mē̃ second mē̃ jā saktā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] tīnō̃[adj.] lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] second mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . such x that all three x in second in go[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
94It is such a viman that it can travel to the three worlds in one second.
91अगर हिम्मत और उमंग उत्साह के दोनों पंख यथार्थ हैं तो एक सेकण्ड में स्टार्ट हो सकता है . agar himmat aur umaṅg utsāh kē|K dōnō̃ paṅkh yathārth haĩ tō ēk second mē̃ start hō saktā hai . agar himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dōnō̃ paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yathārth[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] start hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . if courage and zeal enthusiasm (of|K) x wing x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then one second in x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
95If both the wings of courage and zeal and enthusiasm are fine, then it can start in one second.
92स्टार्ट करने की चाबी क्या है ? start karnē kī|key chābī kyā hai ? start karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key what be[pres.sg.23] ?
96What is the key to start it?
93मेरा बाबा . mērā bābā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . I[.kā] Baba .
97"My Baba".
94मेरा बाबा कहो तो मन जहाँ पहुंचना चाहे वहाँ पहुंच सकता है . mērā bābā kahō tō man jahā̃ pahuñchnā chāhē vahā̃ pahuñch saktā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] jahā̃ pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] vahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . I[.kā] Baba say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then mind where there reach[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] there reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
98As soon as you say "My Baba" your mind will reach wherever you want it to.
95दोनों पंख ठीक होने चाहिए . dōnō̃ paṅkh ṭhīk hōnē chāhiē . dōnō̃ paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[.oblig3] . x wing OK be[.oblig3] .
99Both wings should be fine.
96हिम्मत कभी नहीं छोड़नी है . himmat kabhī nahī̃ chhōṛnī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . courage ever not renounce[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
100You must never let go of courage.
97क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
101Why?
98बापदादा का वायदा है , वरदान है , एक कदम हिम्मत का आपका और हजार कदम मदद बाप की . bāpdādā kā vāydā hai , vardān hai , ēk kadam himmat kā āpkā aur hajār kadam madad bāp kī|key . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] aur hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . BapDada of promise be[pres.sg.23] , blessing be[pres.sg.23] , one step courage of you[.kā] and 1000 step x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
102BapDada's promise and blessing is: You take one step of courage and the Father will help with a thousand steps.
99चाहे कैसा भी कड़ा संस्कार हो , हिम्मत कभी नहीं हारो . chāhē kaisā bhī kaṛā saṅskār hō , himmat kabhī nahī̃ hārō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] hārnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) how too severe sanskar (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , courage ever not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
103No matter how strong a sanskar may be, never lose courage.
100कारण ? kāraṇ ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? because ?
104Why?
101सर्वशक्तिवान बाप मददगार है और कम्बाइण्ड है , सदा हाजर है . sarvśhaktivān bāp madadgār hai aur combined hai , sadā hājar hai . sarvśhaktivān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur combined hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sadā hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Almighty Authority father helper be[pres.sg.23] and combined be[pres.sg.23] , constantly present be[pres.sg.23] .
105The Almighty Authority Father is your Helper and you are combined; so He is ever-present.
102आप हिम्मत से सर्वशक्तिवान कम्बाइण्ड बाप के ऊपर अधिकार रखो और दृढ़ रहो , होना ही है , बाप मेरा , मैं बाप की हूँ , यह हिम्मत नहीं भूलो . āp himmat sē sarvśhaktivān combined bāp kē ūpar adhikār rakhō aur dr̥iṛh rahō , hōnā hī hai , bāp mērā , maĩ bāp kī hū̃ , yah himmat nahī̃ bhūlō . āp[pn.pl.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sarvśhaktivān[adj.] combined bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] adhikār[x] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dr̥iṛh[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you courage from Almighty Authority combined father over right keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and determined remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , father I[.kā] , I father do[pres-perf.sg.f.1] , this courage not forget[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
106You just keep a right over the Almighty Authority Combined Father with courage and remain firm. 107"It has to happen, the Father is mine and I belong to the Father"; never forget this courage.
103तो क्या होगा ? tō kyā hōgā ? tō kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then what be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
108What will happen then?
104जो कैसे करूं , यह संकल्प उठता है वह कैसे शब्द बदल ऐसे हो जायेगा . jō kaisē karū̃ , yah saṅkalp uṭhtā hai vah kaisē śhabda badal aisē hō jāyēgā . jō[pn.;d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . that how do[opt.sg.1] , this thought wake up[pres.sg.m.23] that how word (x|change[root]) such be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
109When you have the thought, "How should I do this?" (kaise), it will change and instead become, "Do it like this." (aise).
105कैसे करूं , क्या करूं , नहीं . kaisē karū̃ , kyā karū̃ , nahī̃ . kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , nahī̃[neg] . how do[opt.sg.1] , what do[opt.sg.1] , not .
110It should not be, "How can I do this? 111What can I do?" 112No.
106ऐसे हुआ ही पड़ा है . aisē huā hī paṛā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . such be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
113It is already accomplished in this way.
107सोचते हो , करते तो हैं , होगा , होना तो चाहिए , बाप मदद तो देगा … . sōchtē hō , kartē tō haĩ , hōgā , hōnā tō chāhiē , bāp madad tō dēgā … . sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] , karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] tō dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] … . think[pres.pl.m.2] , do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , be[fut.m.sg.23] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , father x then give[fut.m.sg.23] … .
114You think, "I am doing this, it will happen, it has to happen, the Father will of course help."
108हुआ ही पड़ा है , बाप बंधा हुआ है , दृढ़ निश्चयबुद्धि वाले को मदद देने के लिए . huā hī paṛā hai , bāp bandhā huā hai , dr̥iṛh niśhchaybuddhi vālē kō madad dēnē kē liē . hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , dr̥iṛh[adj.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , father be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , determined intellect with faith those who to x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
115It is already accomplished, and the Father is bound to give help to those who have firm faith in the intellect.
109सिर्फ रूप थोड़ा चेंज कर देते हो , हक रखते हो बाप के ऊपर , लेकिन रूप चेंज कर देते हो . sirph rūp thōṛā change kar dētē hō , hak rakhtē hō bāp kē ūpar , lēkin rūp change kar dētē hō . sirph[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] change karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , hak[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] , lēkin rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] change karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . only Rup short change do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , x keep[pres.pl.m.2] father over , but Rup change do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
116It is just that you change that form a little. 117You claim a right over the Father, but you change its form.
110बाबा आप तो मदद करेंगे ना ! bābā āp tō madad karē̃gē nā ! bābā āp[pn.pl.] tō madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! Baba you then x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
118"Baba, You will help, will you not?
111आप तो बंधे हुए हो ना ! āp tō bandhē huē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] tō bandhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ! you then be tied[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ !
119You are bound to do so, are you not?"
112तो ना लगा देते हो . tō nā lagā dētē hō . tō nā lagānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . then ∅ attach[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
120You add "Will you not?".
113निश्चयबुद्धि , निश्चित विजय हुई पड़ी है क्योंकि बापदादा ने हर बच्चे को जन्मते ही विजय का तिलक मस्तक में लगाया है . niśhchaybuddhi , niśhchit vijay huī paṛī hai kyōṅki bāpdādā nē har|her bachchē kō janmatē hī vijay kā tilak mastak mē̃ lagāyā hai . niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , niśhchit[adj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] janmatē hī[x] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . intellect with faith , fixed victory be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] because BapDada ∅ (x|x[root]) child to x victory of tilak forehead in attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
121For those who have faith in the intellect, victory is guaranteed because BapDada gave every child the tilak of victory on their forehead as soon as they took birth.
114दृढ़ता को अपने तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की चाबी बनाओ . dr̥iṛhtā kō apnē tīvr purūṣhārth kī|key chābī banāō . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . determination to one’s own intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
122Make determination the key to your intense effort.
115प्लैन बहुत अच्छे बनाते हो . plan bahut achchhē banātē hō . plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] . plan very achcha create[pres.pl.m.2] .
123You make very good plans.
116बापदादा जब रूहरिहान सुनते हैं , रूहरिहान बहुत हिम्मत की करते हो , प्लैन भी बड़े पावरफुल बनाते हो लेकिन प्लैन को जब प्रैक्टिकल में करते हो तो प्लेन बुद्धि होके नहीं करते हो . bāpdādā jab rūhrihān suntē haĩ , rūhrihān bahut himmat kī|key kartē hō , plan bhī baṛē powerful banātē hō lēkin plan kō jab practical mē̃ kartē hō tō plain|plane buddhi hōkē nahī̃ kartē hō . bāpdādā jab rūhrihān[x] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , rūhrihān[x] bahut himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , plan bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powerful banānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin plan kō[postp.] jab practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō plain|plane buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . BapDada when spiritual conversation listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , spiritual conversation very courage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) do[pres.pl.m.2] , plan too very powerful create[pres.pl.m.2] but plan to when practical in do[pres.pl.m.2] then (plain|plane) intellect be[abs.] not do[pres.pl.m.2] .
124When BapDada hears the heart-to-heart conversations, you have a lot of courage in those, and you also make powerful plans, but when you put those plans into a practical form, you don't do that with a plain intellect.
117उसमें थोड़ा सा करते तो हैं , होना तो चाहिए … यह स्वयं में निश्चय के साथ संकल्प नहीं , लेकिन वेस्ट संकल्प मिक्स कर देते हो . usmē̃ thōṛā sā kartē tō haĩ , hōnā tō chāhiē … yah svayã mē̃ niśhchay kē sāth saṅkalp nahī̃ , lēkin west|waste saṅkalp mix kar dētē hō . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] … yah[pn.sg.d.] svayã mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin west|waste saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mix karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . that[.mē̃] short x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) … this x in faith with thought not , but (west|waste) thought x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
125In that, you bring a little "should"... 126"It should happen"; these are not thoughts of faith in the self, but you mix waste thoughts into it.
118अभी समय के प्रमाण प्लेन बुद्धि बन संकल्प को साकार रूप में लाओ . abhī samay kē|K pramāṇ plain|plane buddhi ban saṅkalp kō sākār rūp mē̃ lāō . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] plain|plane buddhi[n.f.;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now time (of|K) (under) (plain|plane) intellect (x|become[root]) thought to sakar Rup in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
127Now, according to the time, become those with a plain intellect and make the thoughts practical.
119जरा भी कमज़ोर संकल्प इमर्ज नहीं करो . jarā bhī kamzōr saṅkalp emerge nahī̃ karō . zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kamjōr[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x too weak thought emerge not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
128Do not let weak thoughts emerge even slightly.
120स्मृति रखो कि अभी एक बार नहीं कर रहे हैं , अनेक बार किया हुआ सिर्फ रिपीट कर रहे हैं . smr̥iti rakhō ki abhī ēk bār nahī̃ kar rahē haĩ , anēk bār kiyā huā sirph repeat kar rahē haĩ . smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] repeat karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . awareness keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that now one time not do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , many time do[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only repeat do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
129Have the awareness: We are not doing this for the first time; we have done it many times and are now simply repeating it.
121याद करो कितनी बार कल्प-कल्प विजयी बने हैं ! yād karō kitnī bār kalp-kalp vijayī banē haĩ ! yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijayī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! remember so time cycle victorious become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
130Just remember how many times you have become victorious every cycle.
122अनेक बार के विजयी हैं , विजय अनेक कल्प का जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . anēk bār kē|K vijayī haĩ , vijay anēk kalp kā janm siddha adhikār hai . anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . many time (of|K) victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] , victory many cycle of (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .
131You are victorious many times over, and victory is your birthright for many cycles.
123इस अधिकार से निश्चयबुद्धि बन दृढ़ता की चाबी लगाओ , विजय आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं के बिना कहाँ जायेगी ! is adhikār sē niśhchaybuddhi ban dr̥iṛhtā kī|key chābī lagāō , vijay āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kē|K binā kahā̃ jāyēgī ! yah[pn.sg.o.] adhikār[x] sē[postp.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā kahā̃ jānā[fut.f.sg.23] ! this right from intellect with faith (x|become[root]) determination (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , victory you Brahmin soul (of|K) without where go[fut.f.sg.23] !
132Become those who have faith in the intellect with this right and use the key of determination. 133Where would victory go without you Brahmin souls?
124आप ब्राह्मणों का विजय जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है , गले की माला है . āp brāhmaṇō̃ kā vijay janm siddha adhikār hai , galē kī|key mālā hai . āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you Brahmin of victory (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland be[pres.sg.23] .
134Victory is the birthright of you Brahmin souls; it is the garland around your neck.
125है ना नशा ? hai nā naśhā ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ intoxication ?
135You have this intoxication, do you not?
126नशा है ? naśhā hai ? naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
136Do you have this intoxication?
127होगा , नहीं होगा , नहीं . hōgā , nahī̃ hōgā , nahī̃ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] . be[fut.m.sg.23] , not be[fut.m.sg.23] , not .
137Not that you think, "Will it happen or not?"
128हुआ ही पड़ा है . huā hī paṛā hai . hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
138It is already accomplished.
129इतने निश्चयबुद्धि बन हर कार्य करो , विजय निश्चित है ही . itnē niśhchaybuddhi ban har|her kārya karō , vijay niśhchit hai hī . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . such intellect with faith (x|become[root]) (x|x[root]) task do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , victory fixed be[pres.sg.23] only .
139Perform every task with this much faith in the intellect; victory is guaranteed.
130ऐसे निश्चयबुद्धि आत्मायें , है ही , यह नहीं बापदादा कहते है या नहीं , है ही . aisē niśhchaybuddhi ātmāyē̃ , hai hī , yah nahī̃ bāpdādā kahtē hai yā nahī̃ , hai hī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bāpdādā kahnā[x] yā nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . such intellect with faith soul , be[pres.sg.23] only , this not BapDada say[x] or not , be[pres.sg.23] only .
140You are souls who have such faith in the intellect; you are that. 141Do not think, "Is BapDada saying this or not?" 142You are.
131यही नशा रखो . yahī naśhā rakhō . yahī[pn.;d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this intoxication keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
143Just have this intoxication.
132थे , हैं और होंगे . thē , haĩ aur hōṅgē . hōnā[past.pl] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . be[past.pl] , be[pres.pl.12hon3] and be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
144You were, you are and you will be.
133तो ऐसे होली हो ना ! tō aisē hōlī|holy hō nā ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! then such (Holi|holy) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
145So, you are such holy souls, are you not?
134होलीएस्ट तो हो . holiest tō hō . holiest[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . holiest then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
146You are the holiest.
135तो बापदादा के ज्ञान के गुलाल की होली तो खेल ली , अभी और क्या खेलेंगे ? tō bāpdādā kē|K gyān kē|K gulāl kī|key hōlī|holy tō khēl lī , abhī aur kyā khēlē̃gē ? tō bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gulāl[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] tō khēlnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , ab[adv.hī] aur kyā khēlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then BapDada (of|K) knowledge (of|K) red colour (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (Holi|holy) then play[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , now and what play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
147So, you have played the Holi of the gulal (red colour) of BapDada's knowledge. 148How much more will you play?
136बापदादा ने देखा कि सभी को मैजॉरिटी उमंग-उत्साह बहुत अच्छा आता है , यह कर लेंगे , यह कर लेंगे , यह हो जायेगा . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki sabhī kō majority umaṅg-utsāh bahut achchhā ātā hai , yah kar lē̃gē , yah kar lē̃gē , yah hō jāyēgā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] majority umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that all to majority zeal and enthusiasm very achcha come[pres.sg.m.23] , this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , this be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
149BapDada has seen that, in the majority, all of you have very good zeal and enthusiasm: "We will do this, we will do that, this will happen."
137बापदादा भी बड़े खुश होते हैं लेकिन यह उमंग-उत्साह सदा इमर्ज रहे , कभी-कभी मर्ज हो जाता है , कभी इमर्ज हो जाता है . bāpdādā bhī baṛē khuśh hōtē haĩ lēkin yah umaṅg-utsāh sadā emerge rahē , kabhī-kabhī merge hō jātā hai , kabhī emerge hō jātā hai . bāpdādā bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā emerge rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kabhī[adv.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada too very happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but this zeal and enthusiasm constantly emerge (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , ever merge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , ever emerge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
150BapDada is also very pleased, but this zeal and enthusiasm should always remain emerged. 151However, it sometimes becomes merged, and it emerges sometimes.
138मर्ज नहीं हो जाए , इमर्ज ही रहे क्योंकि आपका उत्सव पूरा संगमयुग ही उत्सव है . merge nahī̃ hō jāē , emerge hī rahē kyōṅki āpkā utsav pūrā saṅgamyug hī utsav hai . merge nahī̃[neg] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , emerge hī[p.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kā] utsav[x] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . merge not be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , emerge only (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) because you[.kā] x full confluence age only x be[pres.sg.23] .
152It should not become merged; it should remain in an emerged form because the whole confluence is a festival for you.
139वह तो कभी-कभी उत्सव इसीलिए मनाते हैं , क्योंकि बहुत समय टेन्शन में रहते हैं ना , तो समझते हैं उत्साह में नाचें , गायें , खायें , तो चेंज हो जाए . vah tō kabhī-kabhī utsav isīliē manātē haĩ , kyōṅki bahut samay tension mē̃ rahtē haĩ nā , tō samajhtē haĩ utsāh mē̃ nāchē̃ , gāyē̃ , khāyē̃ , tō change hō jāē . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō kabhī[adv.] utsav[x] isīliē manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kyōṅki bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tension mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , gāy[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , khānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , tō change hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . that then ever x x celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , because very time tension in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] enthusiasm in dance[opt.pl.12hon3] , x , eat[opt.pl.12hon3] , then change be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
153Those people only celebrate a festival sometimes because they remain in tension a lot of the time, and so they therefore think that they should dance, sing and eat with festivity and that it would be a change for them.
140लेकिन आप लोगों के पास तो नाचना और गाना है ही , हर सेकण्ड . lēkin āp lōgō̃ kē pās tō nāchnā aur gānā hai hī , har|her second . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] tō nāchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur gānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] hī[p.] , har|harnā[root]|her second . but you people to then dance[inf.m.sg.d.] and sing[pres.sg.23.oblig1] only , (x|x[root]) second .
154However, you sing and dance at every second.
141आप सदा मन में खुशी से नाचते रहते हो ना ! āp sadā man mē̃ khuśhī sē nāchtē rahtē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sadā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nāchnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā ! you constantly mind in happiness from dance[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ !
155You constantly continue to dance in happiness in your mind, do you not?
142कि नहीं ! ki nahī̃ ! ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ! that not !
156Or, don't you?
143नाचते हैं , नाचना आता है खुशी में ? nāchtē haĩ , nāchnā ātā hai khuśhī mē̃ ? nāchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , nāchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ? dance[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dance[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] happiness in ?
157Do you dance? 158Do you know how to dance in happiness?
144नाचना आता है ! nāchnā ātā hai ! nāchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ! dance[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] !
159You know how to dance.
145जिसको आता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō ātā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] come[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
160Those who know how to dance, raise your hand.
146नाचना आता है , अच्छा , मुबारक हो , आता है तो . nāchnā ātā hai , achchhā , mubārak hō , ātā hai tō . nāchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō . dance[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] , achcha , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , come[pres.sg.m.23] then .
161You know how to dance. 162Good! congratulations if you know how to dance.
147तो सदा नाचते रहते हो या कभी कभी ? tō sadā nāchtē rahtē hō yā kabhī kabhī ? tō sadā nāchnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] yā kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] ? then constantly dance[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] or ever ever ?
163So, do you constantly dance or only sometimes?
148बापदादा ने इस वर्ष का होमवर्क दिया था , दो शब्द कभी नहीं सोचना , समटाइम , समथिंग . bāpdādā nē is varṣh kā homework diyā thā , dō śhabda kabhī nahī̃ sōchnā , sometime , something . bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sometime , something . BapDada ∅ this year of homework give[past-perf.m.sg.] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word ever not think[inf.m.sg.d.] , sometimes , something .
164BapDada gave homework for this year: Never think these two words - 'sometimes', 'something'.
149वह किया है ? vah kiyā hai ? vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? that do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
165Have you done that?
150कि अभी भी समटाइम है ? ki abhī bhī sometime hai ? ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] sometime hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that now too sometimes be[pres.sg.23] ? 151समटाइम , समथिंग खत्म . sometime , something khatm . sometime , something ḵẖatm[adj.] . sometimes , something finished .
166Or, is there still 'sometimes'? 'Sometimes', ' something', should now finish.
152इस नाचने में थकने की तो कोई बात ही नहीं है . is nāchnē mē̃ thaknē kī|key tō kōī bāt hī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] nāchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] thaknā, phathaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this dance[inf.m.pl.,o.] in become desperate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then some matter only not be[pres.sg.23] .
167There is no question of getting tired in this dancing.
153चाहे लेटे रहे , चाहे काम करो , चाहे पैदल करो , चाहे बैठो , खुशी का डांस तो कर ही सकते हो और बाप के प्राप्तियों का गीत भी गा सकते हो . chāhē lēṭē rahē , chāhē kām karō , chāhē paidal karō , chāhē baiṭhō , khuśhī kā dance tō kar hī saktē hō aur bāp kē|K prāptiyō̃ kā gīt bhī gā saktē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] lēṭnā[opt.sg.23]|lēṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] paidal karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dance tō karnā[root] hī[p.] saknā[pres.pl.m.2] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (lie down[opt.sg.23]|lie down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (task|lust) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) by foot do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , happiness of dance then do[root] only can[pres.pl.m.2] and father (of|K) attainment of x too sing[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
168Whether you are lying down, doing work, walking or sitting, you can perform this dance of happiness and you can also sing songs of the attainments received from the Father.
154गीत भी आता है ना , यह गीत तो सभी को आता है , मुख का गीत तो किसको आता है किसको नहीं आता है लेकिन बाप के प्राप्तियों का , बाप के गुणों का गीत वह तो सबको आता है ना . gīt bhī ātā hai nā , yah gīt tō sabhī kō ātā hai , mukh kā gīt tō kiskō ātā hai kiskō nahī̃ ātā hai lēkin bāp kē|K prāptiyō̃ kā , bāp kē|K guṇō̃ kā gīt vah tō sabkō ātā hai nā . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kaun[pn.sg.kō] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] kaun[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō sabkō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . x too come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , this x then all to come[pres.sg.m.23] , mouth of x then who[.kō] come[pres.sg.m.23] who[.kō] not come[pres.sg.m.23] but father (of|K) attainment of , father (of|K) virtue of x that then everything come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
169You know the song, do you not? 170Everyone knows this song. 171Some may know the song of words and others may not, but everyone knows the song of the attainments, and the virtues of the Father.
155तो बस हर दिन उत्सव है , हर घड़ी उत्सव है , और सदा नाचो और गाओ और काम तो दिया ही नहीं है . tō bas har|her din utsav hai , har|her ghaṛī utsav hai , aur sadā nāchō aur gāō aur kām tō diyā hī nahī̃ hai . tō basnā[root]|bas har|harnā[root]|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , har|harnā[root]|her ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aur sadā nāchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then (x[root]|simply) (x|x[root]) day x be[pres.sg.23] , (x|x[root]) moment x be[pres.sg.23] , and constantly dance[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (task|lust) then give[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] .
172So, every day is a festival, every moment is a festival. 173Constantly dance and sing; Baba hasn't given you any other work to do.
156यही तो दो काम हैं ना , नाचो और गाओ . yahī tō dō kām haĩ nā , nāchō aur gāō . yahī[pn.;d.] tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , nāchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (task|lust) be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , dance[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
174This is the only work you have to do: dance and sing.
157तो इन्ज्वाय करो . tō enjoy karō . tō enjoy karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then enjoy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
175So, enjoy yourselves!
158बोझ क्यों उठाते ? bōjh kyō̃ uṭhātē ? bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? burden why uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
176Why do you carry a burden?
159इन्ज्वाय करो , नाचो गाओ बस . enjoy karō , nāchō gāō bas . enjoy karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nāchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] basnā[root]|bas . enjoy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dance[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[root]|simply) .
177Enjoy yourselves, sing and dance, that is all.
160अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
178Achcha.
161होली तो मना ली ना ! hōlī|holy tō manā lī nā ! hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] tō manānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] nā ! (Holi|holy) then celebrate[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ∅ !
179You have celebrated Holi, have you not?
162अभी रंग की होली भी मनायेंगे ? abhī raṅg kī|key hōlī|holy bhī manāyēṅgē ? ab[adv.hī] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bhī[p.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now (colour|x[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (Holi|holy) too celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
180Now, will you also play Holi with colours?
163अच्छा आपको ही तो भक्त कापी करेंगे ना ! achchhā āpkō hī tō bhakta kāpī karē̃gē nā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] tō bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! achcha you[.kō] only then devotee copy do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
181Achcha, the devotees will copy you, will they not?
164आप भगवान के साथ होली खेलते हो तो भक्त भी होली कोई न कोई आप देवताओं के साथ खेलते रहते हैं . āp bhagvān kē sāth hōlī|holy khēltē hō tō bhakta bhī hōlī|holy kōī na kōī āp dēvtāō̃ kē sāth khēltē rahtē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] khēlnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kōī na kōī[x] āp[pn.pl.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] khēlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . you God with (Holi|holy) play[pres.pl.m.2] then devotee too (Holi|holy) one .. or another you deity with play[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
182You play Holi with God and so the devotees also play Holi with one or other of you deities.
165अच्छा , तो आज कई बच्चों के ईमेल भी आये हैं , पत्र भी आये हैं , फोन भी आये हैं , जो भी साधन हैं उससे होली की मुबारक भेजी है . achchhā , tō āj kaī bachchō̃ kē|K email bhī āyē haĩ , patra bhī āyē haĩ , phone bhī āyē haĩ , jō bhī sādhan haĩ ussē hōlī|holy kī|key mubārak bhējī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō āj kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K email bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , phone bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.sē] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha , then today some child (of|K) e-mail too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that too facilities be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.sē] (Holi|holy) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
183Achcha. 184So, today, some children have sent e-mails, letters, and they have phoned. 185Whatever facilities were available, they have sent greetings for Holi through those methods.
166बापदादा के पास तो जब संकल्प करते हैं ना तभी पहुंच जाता है . bāpdādā kē pās tō jab saṅkalp kartē haĩ nā tabhī pahuñch jātā hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō jab saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tabhī pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada to then when thought do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ x reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
186The moment you have the thought of sending it, it reaches BapDada.
167लेकिन चारों ओर के बच्चे विशेष याद करते हैं और किया है , बापदादा भी हर बच्चे को पदम पदम दुआयें और पदमगुणा दिल की यादप्यार रिटर्न में हर एक को नाम सहित विशेषता सहित दे रहे हैं . lēkin chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē viśhēṣh yād kartē haĩ aur kiyā hai , bāpdādā bhī har|her bachchē kō padam padam duāyē̃ aur padamguṇā dil kī|key yādpyār return mē̃ har ēk kō nām sahit viśhēṣhtā sahit dē rahē haĩ . lēkin chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] return mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sahit dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . but everywhere (of|K) child special remember and do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada too (x|x[root]) child to multimillion multimillion blessing and multimillion-fold heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love, remembrance return in each one to name including speciality including give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
187However, all the children everywhere are especially remembering; they had remembered Baba. 188BapDada is also giving every child multimillionfold blessings and multimillionfold love and remembrance from His heart in return, to each one personally by name and speciality.
168जब सन्देशी जाती है ना तो हर एक अपने अपने तरफ की यादें देते हैं . jab sandēśhī jātī hai nā tō har ēk apnē apnē taraph kī|key yādē̃ dētē haĩ . jab sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . when trance messenger go[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then each one one’s own one’s own direction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 169जिन्होंने नहीं भी दी हो ना , बापदादा के पास पहुंच गई है . jinhōnnē nahī̃ bhī dī hō nā , bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch gaī hai . jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] nā , bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . that[.nē] not too give[pres-perf.pl.f.2] ∅ , BapDada to reach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
189When a trance messenger goes to Baba, each one gives his or her remembrance individually, and even those who haven't sent any remembrance through the trance messenger, it has still reached BapDada.
170यही तो परमात्म प्यार की विशेषता है . yahī tō paramātma pyār kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . yahī[pn.;d.] tō paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then Supreme Soul love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
190This is the speciality of God's love.
171यह एक एक दिन कितना प्यारा है . yah ēk ēk din kitnā pyārā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this one one day so loving be[pres.sg.23] .
191Each of these days is so lovely!
172चाहे गांव में हैं , चाहे बहुत बड़े-बड़े शहरों में हैं , गांव वालों की भी याद साधन न होते हुए भी बाप के पास पहुंच जाती है क्योंकि बाप के पास स्प्रीचुअल साधन तो बहुत हैं ना ! chāhē gānv mē̃ haĩ , chāhē bahut baṛē-baṛē śhaharō̃ mē̃ haĩ , gānv vālō̃ kī|key bhī yād sādhan na hōtē huē bhī bāp kē pās pahuñch jātī hai kyōṅki bāp kē pās spiritual sādhan tō bahut haĩ nā ! chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] spiritual[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) village in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very very city in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , village those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too remembrance facilities not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too father to reach[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] because father to spiritual facilities then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
192Whether you are in villages or big cities, the remembrance of even those who are in the villages reaches the Father even though they don't have the facilities because the Father has many spiritual facilities.
173अच्छा - सभी ने दादी की याद भी बहुत-बहुत दी है . achchhā - sabhī nē dādī kī|key yād bhī bahut-bahut dī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha - all ∅ Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance too very give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
193Achcha. 194Everyone has given lots and lots of love and remembrance for Dadiji.
174सभी का एक ही संकल्प है कि दादी जल्दी से जल्दी अपने मधुबन में पहुंच जाए . sabhī kā ēk hī saṅkalp hai ki dādī jaldī sē jaldī apnē madhuban mē̃ pahuñch jāē . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . all of one only thought be[pres.sg.23] that Dadi very quickly from very quickly one’s own Madhuban in reach[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
195Everyone has just the one thought that Dadi should quickly come back to Madhuban.
175बापदादा भी यही चाहते हैं . bāpdādā bhī yahī chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
196This is also what BapDada wants.
176दादी बोलती नहीं है लेकिन दिल में संकल्प द्वारा मधुबन की याद , ब्राह्मणों की याद , अपनी बेहद सेवा के जिम्मेवारी की याद रहती ही है . dādī bōltī nahī̃ hai lēkin dil mē̃ saṅkalp dvārā madhuban kī|key yād , brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key yād , apnī bēhad sēvā kē|K jimmēvārī kī|key yād rahtī hī hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bōlnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bēhad[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-part.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi speak[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.23] but heart in thought through Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance , Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance , one’s own unlimited service (of|K) responsibility (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance remain[pres-part.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
197Dadi is not saying anything, but, in her heart and in her thoughts, she always has remembrance of Madhuban, of the Brahmins and of the responsibility of her unlimited service.
177अभी प्यार से याद तो आप सभी बहुत करते हो . abhī pyār sē yād tō āp sabhī bahut kartē hō . ab[adv.hī] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . now love from remembrance then you all very do[pres.pl.m.2] .
198At present, all of you remember her with a lot of love.
178बापदादा देखते हैं कि बापदादा से तो सभी का प्यार है लेकिन दादी से भी कम नहीं है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki bāpdādā sē tō sabhī kā pyār hai lēkin dādī sē bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that BapDada from then all of love be[pres.sg.23] but Dadi from too (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
199BapDada sees that you have a lot of love for BapDada, but your love for Dadi is no less.
179प्यार की याद तो दादी तक पहुंचती है लेकिन अभी ऐसे शक्तिशाली , जैसे पावरफुल दवाई देते हैं ना , दवाई में भी पावर का फर्क होता है ना ! pyār kī|key yād tō dādī tak pahuñchtī hai lēkin abhī aisē śhaktiśhālī , jaisē powerful davāī dētē haĩ nā , davāī mē̃ bhī power kā phark hōtā hai nā ! pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] tō dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powerful davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] power kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance then Dadi until reach[pres.sg.f.23] but now such powerful , like powerful x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , x in too power of difference be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
200The remembrance of love reaches Dadi, but now let it be powerful, just as you would give powerful medicine. 201There are medicines of different strengths, are there not?
180तो आप सबने स्नेह की दवाई तो भेजी है लेकिन अभी सब मिलकर शक्तिशाली तन्दरूस्त भव के दृढ़ संकल्प की किरणें ऐसी भेजो जो वह किरणें अपना काम शुरू कर दें . tō āp sabnē snēh kī|key davāī tō bhējī hai lēkin abhī sab milkar śhaktiśhālī tandarūst bhav kē|K dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kī|key kiraṇē̃ aisī bhējō jō vah kiraṇē̃ apnā kām śhurū kar dē̃ . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabnē snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] milnā[abs.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] tandarūst[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . then you x love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x then x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but now all receive[abs.] powerful x (x|may you be) (of|K) determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ray such x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that ray (adopt[root]|one’s own) (task|lust) beginning do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
202So, all of you have sent the medicine of love, but now, all of you together should send powerful rays of the determined thoughts of "May you be healthy" such that those rays begin to do their work.
181टाइम तो थोड़ा लगेगा लेकिन यह आप सब ब्राह्मणों के दिल के सहयोग की किरणें अपना काम दिखायेंगी . time tō thōṛā lagēgā lēkin yah āp sab brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K dil kē|K sahyōg kī|key kiraṇē̃ apnā kām dikhāyēṅgī . time tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . time then short x[fut.m.sg.23] but this you all Brahmin (of|K) heart (of|K) cooperation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ray (adopt[root]|one’s own) (task|lust) x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
203It will take some time, but the rays of co-operation from the hearts of all of you Brahmins will show their wonder.
182वहाँ कमरे का वायुमण्डल भी दिल के शक्तिशाली वायब्रेशन क्या हुआ , क्या हो रहा है , नहीं . vahā̃ kamrē kā vāyumaṇḍal bhī dil kē|K śhaktiśhālī vibration kyā huā , kyā hō rahā hai , nahī̃ . vahā̃ kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhaktiśhālī[adj.] vibration kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , nahī̃[neg] . there x of atmosphere too heart (of|K) powerful vibrations what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , what be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , not .
204The atmosphere in the room there should also be of powerful vibrations; not of "What happened?" or "What is happening?".
183हो रहा है . hō rahā hai . hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
205It is happening.
184होना ही है . hōnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
206It has to happen.
185इस उमंग-उत्साह का , सर्व ब्राह्मण चाहे कोई भी सेवाधारी का वायुमण्डल ऐसा शक्तिशाली हो , आप सबके दिल के प्यार का वायब्रेशन बापदादा के पास भी पहुंचता है . is umaṅg-utsāh kā , sarv brāhmaṇ chāhē kōī bhī sēvādhārī kā vāyumaṇḍal aisā śhaktiśhālī hō , āp sabkē dil kē|K pyār kā vibration bāpdādā kē pās bhī pahuñchtā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sarv[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration bāpdādā kē pās[x] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this zeal and enthusiasm of , all Brahmin (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anyone server of atmosphere such powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you everyone's heart (of|K) love of vibrations BapDada to too reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
207The atmosphere around any Brahmin or server should be filled with zeal and enthusiasm and it should be very powerful. 208The vibrations of the love in your heart also reaches BapDada.
186जो भी सेवाधारी सेवा के निमित्त बनते हैं , उन्हों का सदा यही वायब्रेशन हो , निश्चयबुद्धि बन शक्तिशाली किरणों की स्प्रीचुअल शक्ति सदा देते रहो . jō bhī sēvādhārī sēvā kē nimitt bantē haĩ , unhō̃ kā sadā yahī vibration hō , niśhchaybuddhi ban śhaktiśhālī kiraṇō̃ kī|key spiritual śhakti sadā dētē rahō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā yahī[pn.;d.] vibration hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key spiritual[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . that too server service x become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that of constantly this vibrations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , intellect with faith (x|become[root]) powerful ray (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) spiritual Shakti constantly give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
209Any server who becomes an instrument (for Dadiji in any way) should also always have these vibrations: Have faith in the intellect and constantly continue to give spiritual power of powerful rays.
187सेवा दिल से कर रहे हैं , भावना बहुत अच्छी है , अभी शक्तिशाली संकल्प की दुआ दो . sēvā dil sē kar rahē haĩ , bhāvnā bahut achchhī hai , abhī śhaktiśhālī saṅkalp kī|key duā dō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service heart from do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , feeling very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , now powerful thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
210You are serving with your heart; your feelings (bhavna) are very good and now give the blessings of powerful thoughts.
188कोई भी व्यर्थ संकल्प दिल में लाना नहीं , क्या होगा नहीं , अच्छा होना ही है . kōī bhī vyarth saṅkalp dil mē̃ lānā nahī̃ , kyā hōgā nahī̃ , achchhā hōnā hī hai . kōī bhī[x] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone wasteful thought heart in x[inf.m.sg.d.] not , what be[fut.m.sg.23] not , achcha be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
211Do not bring any waste thoughts into your heart. 212Not, "What will happen?" 213Only good is to happen.
189अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
214Achcha.
190सेवा का टर्न गुजरात का है , गुजरात के 6500 आये हैं : गुजरात दर पर है ना . sēvā kā turn gujarāt kā hai , gujarāt kē|K 6500 āyē haĩ : gujarāt dar par hai nā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 6500 ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : gujarāt dar[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . service of you Gujarat of be[pres.sg.23] , Gujarat (of|K) 6500 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : Gujarat x (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
215It is the turn of Gujarat to serve (6,500 BKs have come): Gujarat is on the doorstep.
191गुजरात के साढ़े छः हजार आ गये हैं , अच्छा है भले आये . gujarāt kē|K sāṛhē chhaḥ hajār ā gayē haĩ , achchhā hai bhalē āyē . gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāṛhē chhaḥ[adj.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . Gujarat (of|K) x six 1000 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] benefit (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
2166,500 have come from Gujarat. 217It is good. 218Welcome.
192गुजरात में बापदादा ने देखा है कि मैजॉरिटी एक तो गीता पाठशालायें बहुत हैं और गीता पाठशालायें चलाने वाले हैण्डस भी बहुत हैं . gujarāt mē̃ bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki majority ēk tō gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ bahut haĩ aur gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ chalānē vālē hands bhī bahut haĩ . gujarāt mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] majority ēk[adj.] tō gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hand bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Gujarat in BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that majority one then Gita pathshala very be[pres.pl.12hon3] and Gita pathshala x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who hand too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
219BapDada has seen that in Gujarat, firstly, there are many Gita pathshalas, and there are also many hands that run the Gita pathshalas.
193और साथ में गुजरात में सेवा भी बहुत है , सेवाधारी हैण्डस भी बहुत हैं . aur sāth mē̃ gujarāt mē̃ sēvā bhī bahut hai , sēvādhārī hands bhī bahut haĩ . aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gujarāt mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hand bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and with in Gujarat in service too very be[pres.sg.23] , server hand too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
220And there is also a lot of service in Gujarat. 221There are many serviceable hands too.
194अभी गुजरात क्या करेगी ? abhī gujarāt kyā karēgī ? ab[adv.hī] gujarāt kyā karnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? now Gujarat what do[fut.f.sg.23] ?
222What will Gujarat do now?
195सेवाधारी भी बहुत हैं , सेवा भी बहुत है , अभी नई सेवा क्या करेंगे ? sēvādhārī bhī bahut haĩ , sēvā bhī bahut hai , abhī naī sēvā kyā karē̃gē ? sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? server too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , service too very be[pres.sg.23] , now new service what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
223There are many servers and there is a lot of service to be done. 224So, what new service will you do now?
196जो किसने नहीं की हो , ऐसा कोई प्लैन बनाया है ? jō kisnē nahī̃ kī hō , aisā kōī plan banāyā hai ? jō[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.nē] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? that who[.nē] not do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] , such some plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
225Have you made such a plan of service that no one else has done?
197जो किसने नहीं की हो , वह गुजरात करके दिखावे . jō kisnē nahī̃ kī hō , vah gujarāt karkē dikhāvē . jō[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.nē] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] gujarāt karnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . that who[.nē] not do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] , that Gujarat do[abs.] x .
226Gujarat should demonstrate this by doing something that no one else has done.
198प्लैन बनाया है ? plan banāyā hai ? plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
227Have you made any plans?
199 ( थोड़ा सोचा है , आपस में मिलकर करेंगे ) वैसे बापदादा सभी जोन को कहते हैं कि ऐसा कोई स्पीकर तैयार करो , आप स्पीच करो वह नहीं , लेकिन आपकी तरफ से कोई ऐसा स्पीकर तैयार हो जिसका आवाज बड़ा हो , बुलन्द हो . ( thōṛā sōchā hai , āpas mē̃ milkar karē̃gē ) vaisē bāpdādā sabhī zone kō kahtē haĩ ki aisā kōī speaker taiyār karō , āp speech karō vah nahī̃ , lēkin āpkī taraph sē kōī aisā speaker taiyār hō jiskā āvāj baṛā hō , buland hō . ( thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] speaker taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] speech karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] speaker taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , buland[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( short think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , with each other receive[abs.] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) x BapDada all zone to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such some x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that not , but you[.kī] direction from some such x x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kā] noise very (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
228(We have thought a little, and we will do it together.) 229In fact, BapDada is telling all zones to prepare a speaker. 230It should not be that you give the speeches, but that you should have a speaker speaking on your behalf, whose voice can be heard, loudly.
200जिसको देख करके अनेकों का कल्याण हो जाए . jiskō dēkh karkē anēkō̃ kā kalyāṇ hō jāē . jō[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . that[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] many of benefit be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
231Then, seeing this, many will be benefited.
201ऐसे हैं , हर एक जोन में ऐसे हैं लेकिन स्टेज पर नहीं आये हैं . aisē haĩ , har ēk zone mē̃ aisē haĩ lēkin stage par nahī̃ āyē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , har ēk[x] zone mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . such be[pres.pl.12hon3] , each one zone in such be[pres.pl.12hon3] but stage (at|other) not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
232There are such souls. 233There are such souls in every zone, but they haven't come onto the stage.
202बापदादा अभी यह चाहते हैं कि ब्राह्मण बैकबोन हों और सामने ऐसी आत्मायें निमित्त हों जिसका सुन करके अनेकों के दिल में वह आवाज लग जाए . bāpdādā abhī yah chāhtē haĩ ki brāhmaṇ backbone hō̃ aur sāmnē aisī ātmāyē̃ nimitt hō̃ jiskā sun karkē anēkō̃ kē|K dil mē̃ vah āvāj lag jāē . bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] backbone hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur sāmnē aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.kā] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . BapDada now this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Brahmin backbone be[opt.pl.12hon3] and x such soul instrument be[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] listen[root] do[abs.] many (of|K) heart in that noise x[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
234BapDada also wants the Brahmins to be the backbones, and the instrument souls in front should be such that, when others hear them, their hearts are touched by that sound.
203क्योंकि समय के अनुसार हर जोन ने , जिस भी विधि से सेवा की है , वह अच्छी की है , बापदादा सेवा के निमित्त बने हुए बच्चों का उमंग-उत्साह देख करके भी खुश होते हैं लेकिन अभी कोई नवीनता हो . kyōṅki samay kē|K anusār har|her zone nē , jis bhī vidhi sē sēvā kī hai , vah achchhī kī hai , bāpdādā sēvā kē nimitt banē huē bachchō̃ kā umaṅg-utsāh dēkh karkē bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ lēkin abhī kōī navīntā hō . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anusār har|harnā[root]|her zone nē[postp.] , jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because time (of|K) according to (x|x[root]) zone ∅ , that too method from service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , BapDada service x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child of zeal and enthusiasm see[root] do[abs.] too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now some newness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
235Now, according to the time, whatever service each zone has done with whatever method, they have done it well. 236Seeing the zeal and enthusiasm of the children who are instruments for service, BapDada is pleased. 237However, there should now be some newness.
204कोई स्वयं ही निमित्त बने और प्लैन देवे कि यह यह कर सकते हैं . kōī svayã hī nimitt banē aur plan dēvē ki yah yah kar saktē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] svayã hī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] aur plan dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . some x only instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) and plan give[opt.sg.23] that this this do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . 205क्योंकि वर्गीकरण की सेवा को भी काफी समय हो चुका है . kyōṅki vargīkaraṇ kī|key sēvā kō bhī kāphī samay hō chukā hai . kyōṅki vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kāphī[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] . because serving the professions (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service to too enough time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] .
238Someone should become an instrument and offer plans of what can be done, because it has now been a long time since the service of the wings started.
206हर एक वर्ग से ऐसे कोई स्पीकर तैयार हो , आप टापिक देते हो उस पर भाषण करते हैं , नहीं . har ēk varg sē aisē kōī speaker taiyār hō , āp topic dētē hō us par bhāṣhaṇ kartē haĩ , nahī̃ . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] speaker taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] topic dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] . each one profession from such some x x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you topic give[pres.pl.m.2] that (at|other) lecture do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , not . 207खुद उमंग आवे मुझे यह करना है . khud umaṅg āvē mujhē yah karnā hai . khud umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . oneself zeal come[opt.sg.23] I[.kō] this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
239Such a speaker should be prepared from every wing. 240It should not be that they give a lecture on the topic that you give them, but that they themselves should feel enthusiastic: I want to do this.
208ऐसा कुछ प्लैन बनाओ . aisā kuchh plan banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such anything plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
241Make such a plan.
209उसका आधार है , स्वयं निमित्त बनने वाले सेकण्ड में वेस्ट को खत्म कर बेस्ट का प्रभाव वायुमण्डल में फैलायें . uskā ādhār hai , svayã nimitt bannē vālē second mē̃ west|waste kō khatm kar best kā prabhāv vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ phailāyē̃ . vah[pn.sg.kā] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , svayã nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] second mē̃[postp.] west|waste kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[root] best kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phailānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that[.kā] basis be[pres.sg.23] , x instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who second in (west|waste) to finished do[root] best of x atmosphere in spread[opt.pl.12hon3] .
242The basis for that is that the instruments themselves should finish all waste in a second and spread the impact of the best into the atmosphere.
210वेस्ट अभी भी है इसलिए मन्सा द्वारा सेवा का रेसपान्ड प्रैक्टिकल रूप में कम है . west|waste abhī bhī hai isliē mansā dvārā sēvā kā respond practical rūp mē̃ cum|kam hai . west|waste ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē mansā dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] respond practical rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (west|waste) now too be[pres.sg.23] therefore through the mind through service of response practical Rup in (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
243There is still some waste and this is why the response of service through the mind is less in a practical form.
211जैसे शुरू-शुरू में स्थापना के समय में देखा ब्रह्मा बाप का मन्सा वायब्रेशन कईयों को घर बैठे साक्षात्कार होने लगा , आवाज गया कोई आया है जाओ . jaisē śhurū-śhurū mē̃ sthāpanā kē|K samay mē̃ dēkhā brahmā bāp kā mansā vibration kaīyō̃ kō ghar baiṭhē sākṣhātkār hōnē lagā , āvāj gayā kōī āyā hai jāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mansā vibration kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , āvāz[n.f.;sg.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like beginning in establishment (of|K) time in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] Brahma father of through the mind vibrations some to home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) vision be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) , noise go[past-part.m.sg.d.] some come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
244You saw at the time of establishment in the beginning that many, while sitting at home, began to have visions of the vibrations of Brahma Baba's mind. 245They received the sound: Someone has come; go there!
212ऐसे बेस्ट थॉट्स का वायुमण्डल नजदीक ला सकता है . aisē best thoughts kā vāyumaṇḍal najdīk lā saktā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] best thought kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nazdīk lānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . such best thought of atmosphere x x[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
246In this way, you can bring such an atmosphere close with your best thoughts.
213कोई भी विस्तार में नहीं जाओ , शार्ट . kōī bhī vistār mē̃ nahī̃ jāō , short . kōī bhī[x] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , short . anyone expansion in not go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , short .
247Do not go into the expansion of anything; let it be short.
214जो भी कारोबार की बातें करनी तो पड़ती हैं लेकिन जहाँ तक हो सके विस्तार से शार्ट करते मन्सा शक्तिशाली सेवा को बढ़ाओ . jō bhī kārōbār kī|key bātē̃ karnī tō paṛtī haĩ lēkin jahā̃ tak hō sakē vistār sē short kartē mansā śhaktiśhālī sēvā kō baṛhāō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] tō paṛnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin jahā̃ tak[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] short karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mansā śhaktiśhālī[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter (x|do[inf.f.]) then fall[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but as long as be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] expansion from short do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] through the mind powerful service to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248You have to talk about the activities and business, but, as much as possible, let it be short, rather than expanded, and increase the powerful service of the mind.
215जैसे शिकारी जो होशियार होते हैं वह ऐसा तीर लगाते जो पंछी तीर सहित आके पांव में पड़ता . jaisē śhikārī jō hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ vah aisā tīr lagātē jō pañchhī tīr sahit ākē pāṅw mē̃ paṛtā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] pañchhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit ānā[abs.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like hunter that clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such arrow attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that bird arrow including come[abs.] foot in fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
249Clever hunters are so clever that the bird falls at their feet together with the arrow.
216यहाँ मन्सा सेवा ऐसी पावरफुल हो , जो आत्माओं को प्राप्ति की अनुभूति हो , रह नहीं सके . yahā̃ mansā sēvā aisī powerful hō , jō ātmāō̃ kō prāpti kī|key anubhūti hō , rah nahī̃ sakē . yahā̃ mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] . here through the mind service such powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that soul to attainment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , remain[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) .
250Here, service of the mind should be so powerful that souls have the experience of attainment, and that they are not able to stay away.
217मन्सा शक्तिशाली से मन्सा सेवा की सिद्धि प्राप्त होनी है . mansā śhaktiśhālī sē mansā sēvā kī|key siddhi prāpt hōnī hai . mansā śhaktiśhālī[adj.] sē[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key siddhi[x] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . through the mind powerful from through the mind service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success reached be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
251With a powerful mind, you are going to receive success of service through the mind.
218तो गुजरात क्या करेगा ? tō gujarāt kyā karēgā ? tō gujarāt kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then Gujarat what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
252So, what will Gujarat do?
219मन्सा सेवा में नम्बरवन होके दिखाओ . mansā sēvā mē̃ number one hōkē dikhāō . mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . through the mind service in number one be[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 220सभी के लिए है . sabhī kē liē hai . sab[adv.hī] kē liē[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all for be[pres.sg.23] . 221लेकिन गुजरात का टर्न है तो गुजरात को कह रहे हैं लेकिन अभी मन्सा स्वयं की पावरफुल होने से मन्सा सेवा की रिजल्ट सामने आयेगी . lēkin gujarāt kā turn hai tō gujarāt kō kah rahē haĩ lēkin abhī mansā svayã kī|key powerful hōnē sē mansā sēvā kī|key result sāmnē āyēgī . lēkin gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō gujarāt kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] mansā svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key powerful hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result sāmnē ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . but Gujarat of you be[pres.sg.23] then Gujarat to say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but now through the mind x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) powerful be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from through the mind service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result x come[fut.f.sg.23] .
253Show this by becoming number one in serving through the mind. 254This applies to everyone, but because it is the turn of Gujarat, Baba is telling Gujarat. 255However, now, when your mind is powerful, the result of serving through your mind will then come in front of you.
222जैसे वाचा की पहले नहीं थी , अभी वाचा सेवा की रिजल्ट सामने आ रही है . jaisē vāchā kī|key pahlē nahī̃ thī , abhī vāchā sēvā kī|key result sāmnē ā rahī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāchā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.f] , ab[adv.hī] vāchā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . like x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|firstly) not be[past.f] , now x service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result x come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
256There wasn't that result of serving through words earlier, but that result is now coming in front of you.
223मेहनत तो अच्छी की है . mēhnat tō achchhī kī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . effort then achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
257You have worked well.
224बापदादा मेहनत , निमित्त मेहनत की मुबारक भी देते हैं लेकिन समय फास्ट है , अभी भी समय बहुत फास्ट जा रहा है . bāpdādā mēhnat , nimitt mēhnat kī|key mubārak bhī dētē haĩ lēkin samay fast hai , abhī bhī samay bahut fast jā rahā hai . bāpdādā mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] fast hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut fast jānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada effort , instrument effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but time fast be[pres.sg.23] , now too time very fast go[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
258BapDada is giving congratulations for your hard work, which was just for the sake of it. 259However, time is moving fast, and even now, time is moving very fast.
225अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
260Achcha.
226मुबारक हो , गुजरात को टाइटल है कि बिल्कुल नजदीक जैसे देश के हिसाब से हैं वैसे बाप के दिल में भी नजदीक हैं . mubārak hō , gujarāt kō title hai ki bilkul najdīk jaisē dēśh kē|K hisāb sē haĩ vaisē bāp kē|K dil mē̃ bhī najdīk haĩ . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , gujarāt kō[postp.] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bilkul[adv.] nazdīk jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Gujarat to title be[pres.sg.23] that at all x like land (of|K) account from be[pres.pl.12hon3] x father (of|K) heart in too x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
261Congratulations! 262Gujarat has the title of being physically close in terms of the land. 263Similarly, you are also close to the Father's heart.
227अच्छे अच्छे हैं , शुरू से देखो तो निकले भी अच्छे अच्छे , पाण्डव या शक्तियां अच्छे निकले हैं . achchhē achchhē haĩ , śhurū sē dēkhō tō nikalē bhī achchhē achchhē , pāṇḍav yā śhaktiyā̃ achchhē nikalē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , beginning from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) too achcha achcha , Pandava or Shakti achcha be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
264There are good ones that have emerged from the beginning. 265Good Pandavas and Shaktis have emerged.
228अभी ऐसे स्पीकर तैयार करो . abhī aisē speaker taiyār karō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] speaker taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now such x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
266Now prepare such speakers.
229आप सकाश दो और वह भाषण करें . āp sakāśh dō aur vah bhāṣhaṇ karē̃ . āp[pn.pl.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . you sakaash (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and that lecture do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
267You give them sakaash and they give the lectures.
230अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
268Achcha.
231बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
269Very good.
232पदमगुणा मुबारक है . padamguṇā mubārak hai . padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . multimillion-fold congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
270Multimillionfold congratulations.
23398 देशों से 1200 विदेशी भाई बहिनें आये हैं : अच्छा . 98 dēśhō̃ sē 1200 vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ āyē haĩ : achchhā . 98 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] 1200 vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . 98 land from 1200 foreigner (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : achcha . 234विदेशी उठो . vidēśhī uṭhō . vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . foreigner wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
2711,200 foreign brothers and sisters have come from 98 countries. 272Achcha, those from abroad, stand up!
235अच्छा आप भी हाथ हिलाओ . achchhā āp bhī hāth hilāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha you too hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
273You may also wave your hands.
236बापदादा को जब विदेश के बच्चे आपस में इकट्ठे होके स्व-उन्नति और सेवा की वृद्धि दोनों साथ-साथ प्लैन बनाते हैं तो बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है क्योंकि विदेश में तो बहुत अलग अलग रहते हैं लेकिन यहाँ एक तो फ्री होके आते हैं दूसरा संगठन भी अच्छा होता है , तो स्व-उन्नति और भविष्य प्लैन अच्छा बनाते हैं . bāpdādā kō jab vidēśh kē|K bachchē āpas mē̃ ikaṭṭhē hōkē sva-unnati aur sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi dōnō̃ sāth-sāth plan banātē haĩ tō bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai kyōṅki vidēśh mē̃ tō bahut alag alag rahtē haĩ lēkin yahā̃ ēk tō free hōkē ātē haĩ dūsrā saṅgaṭhan bhī achchhā hōtā hai , tō sva-unnati aur bhaviṣhya plan achchhā banātē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] jab vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āpas mē̃[x] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ sāth-sāth plan banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut alag[adj.] alag[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yahā̃ ēk[adj.] tō free hōnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to when abroad (of|K) child with each other together be[abs.] x and service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth x x plan create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then BapDada to enjoy because abroad in then very separate separate remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but here one then free be[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] other gathering too achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] , then x and future plan achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
274BapDada loves it when all the children from the foreign countries get together and make plans for increasing self-progress and service. 275This is because, you all live in different places abroad, but you come together here having become free and, secondly, the gathering is also good. 276Therefore, you make good plans for self-progress and for the future.
237बापदादा के पास रिपोर्ट तो आती है . bāpdādā kē pās report tō ātī hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] report tō ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to report then come[pres.sg.f.23] .
277BapDada receives the report.
238समाचार पहुंचता रहता है . samāchār pahuñchtā rahtā hai . samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . news reach[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
278He receives all the news.
239तो जो भी अलग अलग ग्रुप बनके , क्योंकि छोटे ग्रुप में अटेन्शन जाता है , नजदीक आने का चांस मिलता है , तो यह ग्रुप बनाके जो सेवा की है , यह अच्छी की है . tō jō bhī alag alag group bankē , kyōṅki chhōṭē group mē̃ attention jātā hai , najdīk ānē kā chance miltā hai , tō yah group banākē jō sēvā kī hai , yah achchhī kī hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] group bannā[abs.] , kyōṅki chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group mē̃[postp.] attention jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , nazdīk ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] group banānā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then that too separate separate group become[abs.] , because small group in attention go[pres.sg.m.23] , x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) of chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] , then this group create[abs.] that service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
279When you have smaller groups, attention is drawn and each one has a chance to come close. 280So, the service that has been done in groups is good.
240अभी डबल विदेशियों में पुरूषार्थ की रफ्तार भी अच्छी चल रही है लेकिन अभी भी थोड़ी थोड़ी कम्पलेन है , पुरूषार्थ की तरफ अटेन्शन अच्छा है , अटेन्शन दिलाते भी अच्छा है और अटेन्शन देते भी अच्छा है सिर्फ उसको अविनाशी बनाने के लिए कोई ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ जो रिफेशमेंट वहाँ जाने के बाद भी बढ़ती रहे . abhī double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ purūṣhārth kī|key raphtār bhī achchhī chal rahī hai lēkin abhī bhī thōṛī thōṛī complain hai , purūṣhārth kī|key taraph attention achchhā hai , attention dilātē bhī achchhā hai aur attention dētē bhī achchhā hai sirph uskō avināśhī banānē kē liē kōī aisā plan banāō jō refreshment vahā̃ jānē kē bād bhī baṛhtī rahē . ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] complain hōnā[pres.sg.23] , puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , attention dilānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur attention dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] avināśhī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] refreshment vahā̃ jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kē bād[x] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . now double foreigner in effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed too achcha continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] but now too short short complain be[pres.sg.23] , effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction attention achcha be[pres.sg.23] , attention x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too achcha be[pres.sg.23] and attention give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too achcha be[pres.sg.23] only that[.kō] imperishable create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for some such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x there (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) after too grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
281Now, the speed of effort among the double-foreigners is also good. 282However, even now, there is still a small complaint. 283There is good attention paid to your efforts; you draw the attention of others and you also pay good attention to yourselves. 284Simply make a plan to make that imperishable, so that your refreshment continues to increase even when you go back.
241सेवा के साधन भी अच्छे निकालते हैं , वी . आई . पी . वा भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार की सेवाओं के जो प्लैन बनाते हो वह भी अच्छा बनाया है . sēvā kē|K sādhan bhī achchhē nikāltē haĩ , we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī . vā bhinn-bhinn prakār kī|key sēvāō̃ kē|K jō plan banātē hō vah bhī achchhā banāyā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . vā bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . service (of|K) facilities too achcha x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . or different form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (of|K) that plan create[pres.pl.m.2] that too achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
285You also invent good methods for service. 286The different plans that you have made for serving VIPs and others are also good.
242अभी दूसरे साल जब आओ , अभी तो नजदीक आ गई है ना सीजन का . abhī dūsrē sāl jab āō , abhī tō najdīk ā gaī hai nā season kā . ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] tō nazdīk ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā season kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . now other year when come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now then x come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ season of . 243लेकिन जब दूसरी बार आओ तो यह रिजल्ट दिखाई दे कि सभी इतने मन्सा सेवा , वाचा सेवा , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क द्वारा सेवा कर्मणा हो गई ना यह , चेहरे और चलन द्वारा सेवा करने में इतने सब बिजी रहते जो वेस्ट बातों को आने के लिए मार्जिन ही नहीं है . lēkin jab dūsrī bār āō tō yah result dikhāī dē ki sabhī itnē mansā sēvā , vāchā sēvā , sambandh-sampark dvārā sēvā karmaṇā hō gaī nā yah , chēhrē aur chalan dvārā sēvā karnē mē̃ itnē sab busy rahtē jō west|waste bātō̃ kō ānē kē liē margin hī nahī̃ hai . lēkin jab dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] result dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , vāchā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karmaṇā hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] busy rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] west|waste bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē liē[x] margin hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but when other time come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then this result be visible that all such through the mind service , x service , x through service x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ this , face and behaviour through service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in such all busy remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that (west|waste) matter to (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) for x only not be[pres.sg.23] .
287Now, when you come next year -you have now come close to the end of the season - when you come next time, the result should be visible: this much service took place through your mind, this much service through your words, this much through your relationships and connections, that is, service through actions. 288All of you remain so busy serving through your face and activities that there is no margin for any waste to emerge.
244फुल बिजी . full busy . full busy . full busy .
289You remain "full busy".
245बिजी रहते हैं लेकिन फुल बिजी . busy rahtē haĩ lēkin full busy . busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin full busy . busy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but full busy .
290You remain busy - "full busy".
246माया का आने का कोई मार्जिन ही नहीं रहे . māyā kā ānē kā kōī margin hī nahī̃ rahē . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] margin hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . Maya of (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) of some x only not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
291There should be no margin for Maya to come.
247चाहे संकल्प में , चाहे एक दो के साथ सहयोग में ऐसी रिजल्ट निकल सकती है . chāhē saṅkalp mē̃ , chāhē ēk dō kē sāth sahyōg mē̃ aisī result nikal saktī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kē sāth[x] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) thought in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) with cooperation in such result be extracted[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
292Whether in your thoughts, or in co-operation with one another, you can bring about such a result.
248हो सकता है ऐसे ! hō saktā hai aisē ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] such !
293Is this possible?
249इतने बिजी हो सकते हो ? itnē busy hō saktē hō ? itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] busy hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? such busy be[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
294Can you remain so busy?
250हो सकते हो ? hō saktē hō ? hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? be[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
295Can you?
251कि टाइम चाहिए ? ki time chāhiē ? ki[conj.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? that time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
296Or do you need more time?
252एक साल है . ēk sāl hai . ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one year be[pres.sg.23] .
297You have one year.
253बापदादा तो इण्डिया में भी यही चाहते , विदेश में भी यह चाहते यह आवाज हो कि माया आ नहीं सकती . bāpdādā tō india mē̃ bhī yahī chāhtē , vidēśh mē̃ bhī yah chāhtē yah āvāj hō ki māyā ā nahī̃ saktī . bāpdādā tō India mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . BapDada then India in too this x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , abroad in too this x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] this noise (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that Maya come[root] not can[pres-part.f.] .
298BapDada wants this in India and also abroad, that there should be the sound: Maya cannot come.
254मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़े . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛē . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . effort not do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .
299You shouldn't have to make any effort.
255देखो कौन सा जोन करता है ? dēkhō kaun sā zone kartā hai ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun sā[x] zone karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] which zone do[pres.sg.m.23] ?
300We shall see which zone does this.
256बापदादा ने तो पहले ही कहा है , कि बापदादा डायमण्ड कप देने चाहते हैं लेकिन प्राब्लम प्रूफ हो . bāpdādā nē tō pahlē hī kahā hai , ki bāpdādā diamond cup dēnē chāhtē haĩ lēkin problem proof hō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ki[conj.] bāpdādā diamond cup dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin problem proof hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ then (x|firstly) only say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that BapDada diamond cup give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but problem proof (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
301BapDada has already told you that BapDada wants to give a diamond cup, but you have to become problem proof.
257प्राब्लम क्या होती है यह नामनिशान नहीं हो . problem kyā hōtī hai yah nāmniśhān nahī̃ hō . problem kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . problem what be[pres.sg.f.23] this x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
302There should be no name or trace of what a problem is.
258 ( बाबा ने कहा है तो हुआ ही पड़ा है ) देखो होना तो है ही . ( bābā nē kahā hai tō huā hī paṛā hai ) dēkhō hōnā tō hai hī . ( bābā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . ( Baba ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .
303(Since Baba has said this, it is already accomplished.) 304Look, it has to happen.
259आप नहीं होंगे तो कौन होंगे . āp nahī̃ hōṅgē tō kaun hōṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then who be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
305If it is not you, then who would it be?
260होना तो है , सिर्फ नजदीक लाओ उसको . hōnā tō hai , sirph najdīk lāō uskō . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] nazdīk lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] , only x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kō] .
306It has to happen, but simply let it happen sooner!
261ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 262डबल फारेनर्स ? double foreigners ? double foreigner ? double foreigner ?
307Is that OK, double foreigners?
263डायमण्ड कप लेने वाले हो . diamond cup lēnē vālē hō . diamond cup lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . diamond cup take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
308You are those who will claim the diamond cup.
264बापदादा तो सदा आफर करते हैं . bāpdādā tō sadā offer kartē haĩ . bāpdādā tō sadā offer karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then constantly offer do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
309BapDada always offers you.
265लेकिन एक दो के साथी भी हों , सिर्फ मैं ठीक हूँ , नहीं . lēkin ēk dō kē|K sāthī bhī hō̃ , sirph maĩ ṭhīk hū̃ , nahī̃ . lēkin ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sirph[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , nahī̃[neg] . but one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (of|K) companion too be[opt.pl.12hon3] , only I OK be[pres.sg.1] , not . 266साथी भी ठीक हों . sāthī bhī ṭhīk hō̃ . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . companion too OK be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
310However, all of you are also companions of one another. 311It should not be that "I alone am fine"; your companions should also be good.
267 ( भारत और विदेश मिलकर ही डायमण्ड कप लेंगे ) आपके मुख में गुलाबजामुन . ( bhārat aur vidēśh milkar hī diamond cup lē̃gē ) āpkē mukh mē̃ gulābjāmun . ( bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[abs.] hī[p.] diamond cup lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) āp[pn.pl.kē] mukh mē̃ gulābjāmun[x] . ( Bharat and abroad receive[abs.] only diamond cup take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) you[.kē] May you have a gulab jamun in the mouth! .
312(Bharat and the countries abroad together will claim the diamond cup.) 313May you have a gulab jamun in your mouth!
268होना ही है . hōnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
314It has to happen.
269सिर्फ समय को थोड़ा नजदीक लाओ . sirph samay kō thōṛā najdīk lāō . sirph[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazdīk lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only time to short x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
315Simply let that time be a little sooner.
270रिजल्ट अच्छी है . result achchhī hai . result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
316The result is good.
271रिजल्ट पहले से काफी फर्क है , इसकी मुबारक है लेकिन अभी फुल नहीं है थोड़ी-थोड़ी फीलिंग है . result pahlē sē kāphī phark hai , iskī mubārak hai lēkin abhī full nahī̃ hai thōṛī-thōṛī feeling hai . result pahlē sē[x] kāphī[adj.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] full nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] feeling hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result beforehand enough difference be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] but now full not be[pres.sg.23] short feeling be[pres.sg.23] .
317There is quite a lot of difference in the result from earlier. 318Congratulations for that, but the result is not full; there is a slight feeling.
272अभी फुल हो जायेंगे . abhī full hō jāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] full hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . now full be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
319It will now become full (complete).
273बापदादा वतन से बहुत बढ़िया फरिश्तेपन की सौगात देंगे . bāpdādā vatan sē bahut baṛhiyā phariśhtēpan kī|key saugāt dēgē . bāpdādā vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] phariśhtē-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada world from very x angelic stage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
320BapDada will give you all a very beautiful gift of the angelic stage from the subtle region.
274हर एक ऐसे अनुभव करेंगे मैं हूँ फरिश्ता , चमकता हुआ . har ēk aisē anubhav karē̃gē maĩ hū̃ phariśhtā , chamaktā huā . har ēk[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . each one such experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] I be[pres.sg.1] angel , x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
321Each one of you will experience yourselves to be a sparkling angel.
275होना ही है . hōnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
322It has to happen.
276अच्छा है , बैठ जाओ , थक जायेंगे . achchhā hai , baiṭh jāō , thak jāyēṅgē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , thaknā, phathaknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , become desperate[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
323It is good. 324You can sit down, otherwise you will get tired.
277अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
325Achcha.
278बापदादा कहते हैं आजकल के जमाने में डाक्टर्स कहते हैं दवाई छोड़ो , एक्सरसाइज करो . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ājkal kē|K jamānē mē̃ doctors kahtē haĩ davāī chhōṛō , exercise karō . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] doctor kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , exercise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nowadays (of|K) make firm[inf.m.pl.,o.] in doctor say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , exercise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
326BapDada says that, in today's world, doctors tell everyone to stop taking medicine and do exercise instead.
279तो बापदादा भी कहते हैं कि युद्ध करना छोड़ो , मेहनत करना छोड़ो , सारे दिन में 5-5 मिनट मन की एक्सरसाइज करो . tō bāpdādā bhī kahtē haĩ ki yuddha karnā chhōṛō , mēhnat karnā chhōṛō , sārē din mē̃ 5-5 minute man kī|key exercise karō . tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 5-5 minute man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that battle do[inf.m.sg.d.] renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the whole day in 5-5 minute mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
327BapDada also says: Stop battling, stop labouring, and, throughout the whole day, exercise your mind for 5 minutes every now and then.
280वन मिनट में निराकारी , वन मिनट में आकारी , वन मिनट में सब तरह के सेवाधारी , यह मन की एक्सरसाइज 5 मिनट की सारे दिन में भिन्न-भिन्न टाइम करो . one minute mē̃ nirākārī , one minute mē̃ ākārī , one minute mē̃ sab tarah kē|K sēvādhārī , yah man kī|key exercise 5 minute kī|key sārē din mē̃ bhinn-bhinn time karō . one minute mē̃[postp.] nirākār[adj.] , one minute mē̃[postp.] ākārī, ākār[x] , one minute mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise 5 minute karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] time karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one minute in incorporeal , one minute in subtle , one minute in all x (of|K) server , this mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise 5 minute (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) the whole day in different time do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
328Become incorporeal for one minute, become angelic for one minute, become an all-round server for one minute. 329Do this exercise of the mind throughout the whole day for 5 minutes each time.
281तो सदा तन्दरूस्त रहेंगे , मेहनत से बच जायेंगे . tō sadā tandarūst rahē̃gē , mēhnat sē bach jāyēṅgē . tō sadā tandarūst[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bachnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then constantly x remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , effort from x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
330Then you will remain ever-healthy and be saved from labouring.
282हो सकता है ना ! hō saktā hai nā ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ !
331This is possible, is it not?
283हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
332Is it possible?
284मधुबन वाले , मधुबन है फाउण्डेशन , मधुबन का वायब्रेशन चारों ओर न चाहते भी पहुंच जाता है . madhuban vālē , madhuban hai foundation , madhuban kā vibration chārō̃ ōr na chāhtē bhī pahuñch jātā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] foundation , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration chārō̃ ōr[x] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . Madhuban those who , Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] foundation , Madhuban of vibrations everywhere not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
333Those from Madhuban? 334Madhuban is the foundation and the vibrations of Madhuban reach everywhere even against their wish.
285जो मधुबन में एक दिन कोई बात होती है ना , सारे भारत में , जगह जगह में दूसरे दिन पहुंच जाती है . jō madhuban mē̃ ēk din kōī bāt hōtī hai nā , sārē bhārat mē̃ , jagah jagah mē̃ dūsrē din pahuñch jātī hai . jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . that Madhuban in one day some matter be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ , the whole Bharat in , x x in other day reach[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
335When something happens in Madhuban, it reaches the whole of Bharat, in different places, the very next day.
286इतना मधुबन में कोई साधन लगे हुए हैं , कोई बात नहीं छिपती , अच्छी भी तो पुरूषार्थ की भी . itnā madhuban mē̃ kōī sādhan lagē huē haĩ , kōī bāt nahī̃ chhiptī , achchhī bhī tō purūṣhārth kī|key bhī . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] chhipnā[pres-part.f.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] tō puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] . such Madhuban in some facilities (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , some matter not secretly[pres-part.f.] , achcha too then effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too .
336There are so many facilities available in Madhuban that nothing remains hidden, whether it is good or something of effort.
287तो मधुबन जो करेगा वह वायब्रेशन स्वतः और सहज फैलेगा . tō madhuban jō karēgā vah vibration svataḥ aur sahaj phailēgā . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] vibration svataḥ aur sahaj[adj.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then Madhuban that do[fut.m.sg.23] that vibrations automatically and easy spread[fut.m.sg.23] .
337So, whatever Madhuban does, those vibrations will spread everywhere automatically and easily.
288पहले मधुबन निवासी वेस्ट थॉटस का स्टॉप करें , हो सकता है ? pahlē madhuban nivāsī west|waste thoughts kā stop karē̃ , hō saktā hai ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] west|waste thought kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stop karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? (x|firstly) Madhuban resident (west|waste) thought of stop do[opt.pl.12hon3] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
338First the residents of Madhuban should stop waste thoughts. 339Is this possible?
289हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
340Is it?
290यह आगे-आगे बैठे हैं ना ! yah āgē-āgē baiṭhē haĩ nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] āgē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! this previously sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
341All of you are sitting in the front, are you not?
291मधुबन निवासी हाथ उठाओ . madhuban nivāsī hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban resident raise your hands .
342Madhuban residents, raise your hands!
292तो मधुबन निवासी आपस में कोई ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ वेस्ट खत्म . tō madhuban nivāsī āpas mē̃ kōī aisā plan banāō west|waste khatm . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] āpas mē̃[x] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] west|waste ḵẖatm[adj.] . then Madhuban resident with each other some such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (west|waste) finished .
343So, you Madhuban residents should make a plan among yourselves so that all waste finishes.
293बापदादा यह नहीं कहते हैं कि संकल्प ही बन्द करो . bāpdādā yah nahī̃ kahtē haĩ ki saṅkalp hī band karō . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] band[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada this not say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that thought only closed do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 294वेस्ट संकल्प फिनिश . west|waste saṅkalp finish . west|waste saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] finish . (west|waste) thought x .
344BapDada is not telling you to put an end to your thoughts, but to finish all waste thoughts.
295फायदा तो है नहीं . phāydā tō hai nahī̃ . fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . profit then be[pres.sg.23] not . 296परेशानी ही है . parēśhānī hī hai . parēśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . distress only be[pres.sg.23] .
345There is no benefit in them, only distress.
297हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
346Is it possible?
298जो समझते हैं मधुबन निवासी , आपस में मीटिंग करके यह करेंगे , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ madhuban nivāsī , āpas mē̃ meeting karkē yah karē̃gē , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Madhuban resident , with each other meeting do[abs.] this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
347Madhuban residents who feel that you will have a meeting among yourselves and will do this, raise your hands!
299करेंगे करना है तो लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . karē̃gē karnā hai tō lambā hāth uṭhāō . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then x raise your hands . 300दो-दो हाथ उठाओ . dō-dō hāth uṭhāō . dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) raise your hands .
348If you feel that you will do it, that you have to do it, then raise your hands high!
301मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
349Congratulations!
302बापदादा दिल से दुआयें दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā dil sē duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada heart from blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
350BapDada is giving you congratulations from His heart.
303मुबारक देते हैं . mubārak dētē haĩ . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
351Congratulations!
304हिम्मत है मधुबन में , जो चाहे वह कर सकते हैं . himmat hai madhuban mē̃ , jō chāhē vah kar saktē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . courage be[pres.sg.23] Madhuban in , that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
352Those from Madhuban have courage and can do whatever they want.
305करा भी सकते हैं . karā bhī saktē haĩ . karānā[root] bhī[p.] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . make commit[root] too can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
353You can make others do it too.
306मधुबन की बहनें भी हैं , बहनें हाथ उठाओ . madhuban kī|key bahanē̃ bhī haĩ , bahanē̃ hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x raise your hands .
354There are also the sisters of Madhuban. 355Raise your hands!
307बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . baṛā hāth uṭhāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very raise your hands .
356Raise your hands high!
308मीटिंग करना . meeting karnā . meeting karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . meeting do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
357Have a meeting.
309आप मीटिंग कराना दादियां . āp meeting karānā dādiyā̃ . āp[pn.pl.] meeting karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . you meeting make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] Dadi .
358Dadis, have a meeting with them.
310देखो हाथ सभी उठा रहे हैं . dēkhō hāth sabhī uṭhā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hand all uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
359Look, all of them are raising their hands.
311अभी हाथ की लाज रखना . abhī hāth kī|key lāj rakhnā . ab[adv.hī] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lāz[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now hand (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) honour keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
360Now, maintain the honour of the hands.
312अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
361Achcha.
313अभी अभी सेकण्ड में जो बाप ब्रह्मा ने लास्ट में वरदान दिया , निराकारी , निर्विकारी , निरंहकारी , यह ब्रह्मा बाप के लास्ट वरदान , एक बहुत बड़ी सौगात बच्चों के प्रति रही . abhī abhī second mē̃ jō bāp brahmā nē last mē̃ vardān diyā , nirākārī , nirvikārī , niranhakārī , yah brahmā bāp kē|K last vardān , ēk bahut baṛī saugāt bachchō̃ kē prati rahī . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] second mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] last mē̃[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nirākār[adj.] , nirvikārī[adj.] , nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K last vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] rahnā[past-part.f.] . now now second in that father Brahma ∅ last in blessing give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , incorporeal , viceless , egoless , this Brahma father (of|K) last blessing , one very very gift child for remain[past-part.f.] .
362Now, in a second - in his final moments, Father Brahma gave a blessing - incorporeal, viceless and egoless. 363This last blessing from Father Brahma was a huge gift for the children.
314तो क्या सेकण्ड में ब्रह्मा बाप की सौगात मन से स्वीकार कर सकते हैं ? tō kyā second mē̃ brahmā bāp kī|key saugāt man sē svīkār kar saktē haĩ ? tō kyā second mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? then what second in Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift mind from acceptance do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
364So, can you accept Father Brahma's gift with your mind in a second?
315दृढ़ संकल्प कर सकते हो कि बाप की सौगात को सदा प्रैक्टिकल लाइफ में लाना है ? dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kar saktē hō ki bāp kī|key saugāt kō sadā practical life mē̃ lānā hai ? dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sadā practical life[x] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? determined thought do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift to constantly life in a practical way in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
365Can you have the determined thought that you will constantly put the father's gift into your practical life?
316क्योंकि आदि देव की सौगात कम नहीं है . kyōṅki ādi dēv kī|key saugāt cum|kam nahī̃ hai . kyōṅki ādi dēv[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because Adi Dev (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
366Because the gift from Adi Dev is not a small thing.
317ब्रह्मा ग्रेट-ग्रेट ग्रैण्ड फादर है . brahmā great-great grand father hai . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] great grand father hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahma x x father be[pres.sg.23] .
367Brahma is the great-great-grandfather.
318उसकी सौगात कम नहीं है . uskī saugāt cum|kam nahī̃ hai . vah[pn.sg.kī] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kī] gift (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
368The gift from him is not a small thing.
319तो अपने-अपने पुरूषार्थ प्रमाण संकल्प करो कि आज के दिन होली अर्थात् जो बीत चुकी , हो ली , हो गई . tō apnē-apnē purūṣhārth pramāṇ saṅkalp karō ki āj kē|K din hōlī|holy arthāt jō bīt chukī , hō lī , hō gaī . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt jō[pn.;d.] bītnā[past-part.f..root+cuknā] , hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . then one’s own effort (under) thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that today (of|K) day (Holi|holy) that is that pass[past-part.f..root+cuknā] , be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
369So make a thought according to your own effort that today's Holi means that which has already happened - ho li, ho gai (it has happened).
320लेकिन अब से सौगात को बार-बार इमर्ज कर ब्रह्मा बाप को सेवा का रिटर्न देंगे . lēkin ab sē saugāt kō bār-bār emerge kar brahmā bāp kō sēvā kā return dēgē . lēkin ab[adv.] sē[postp.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] emerge karnā[root] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but now from gift to time emerge do[root] Brahma father to service of return give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
370But from now, you will constantly make the gift emerge and give the return of service to Father Brahma.
321देखो ब्रह्मा बाप ने अन्तिम दिन , अन्तिम समय तक सेवा की . dēkhō brahmā bāp nē antim din , antim samay tak sēvā kī|key . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] antim[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] , antim[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Brahma father ∅ final day , final time until service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
371Look, Father Brahma continued to serve till the last day and till the last moment.
322यह ब्रह्मा बाप का बच्चों से प्यार , सेवा से प्यार की निशानी है तो ब्रह्मा बाप को रिटर्न देना अर्थात् बार-बार जीवन में दी हुई सौगात को रिवाइज कर प्रैक्टिकल में लाना . yah brahmā bāp kā bachchō̃ sē pyār , sēvā sē pyār kī|key niśhānī hai tō brahmā bāp kō return dēnā arthāt bār-bār jīvan mē̃ dī|the huī saugāt kō revise kar practical mē̃ lānā . yah[pn.sg.d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] return dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bār[n.f.;sg.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the hōnā[past-part.f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] revise karnā[root] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this Brahma father of child from love , service from love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] then Brahma father to return give[inf.m.sg.d.] that is time life in (give[past-part.f.]|the) be[past-part.f.] gift to x do[root] practical in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
372This was a sign of Father Brahma's love for service and for the children. 373So, to give a return to Father Brahma means to revise repeatedly the gift that you were given and to put that into your practical life.
323तो सभी अपने दिल में ब्रह्मा बाप से स्नेह के रिटर्न में संकल्प दृढ़ करो , यह है ब्रह्मा बाप के स्नेह की सौगात का रिटर्न . tō sabhī apnē dil mē̃ brahmā bāp sē snēh kē|K return mē̃ saṅkalp dr̥iṛh karō , yah hai brahmā bāp kē|K snēh kī|key saugāt kā return . tō sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K return mē̃[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return . then all one’s own heart in Brahma father from love (of|K) return in thought determined do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this be[pres.sg.23] Brahma father (of|K) love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift of return .
374So, in return for the love of Father Brahma, all of you should have the determined thought in your heart; this is giving the return of the gift of love from Father Brahma.
324अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
375Achcha.
325चारों ओर के लकीएस्ट , होलीएस्ट बच्चों को सदा दृढ़ संकल्प की चाबी प्रैक्टकल में लाने वाले हिम्मत वाले बच्चों को , सदा अपने मन को भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार की सेवा में बिजी रखने वाले , कदम में पदमों की कमाई जमा करने वाले बच्चों को , सदा हर दिन उत्साह में रहने वाले , हर दिन को उत्सव समझ मनाने वाले , सदा खुशनसीब बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K luckiest , holiest bachchō̃ kō sadā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kī|key chābī practical mē̃ lānē vālē himmat vālē bachchō̃ kō , sadā apnē man kō bhinn-bhinn prakār kī|key sēvā mē̃ busy rakhnē vālē , kadam mē̃ padamō̃ kī|key kamāī jamā karnē vālē bachchō̃ kō , sadā har|her din utsāh mē̃ rahnē vālē , har|her din kō utsav samajh manānē vālē , sadā khuśhnasīb bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lucky , holiest[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[-o-nom-masculin] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā har|harnā[root]|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , har|harnā[root]|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] utsav[x] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā khuśhnasīb[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) lucky , holiest child to constantly determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key practical in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who courage those who child to , constantly one’s own mind to different form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service in busy keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , step in multimillion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to , constantly (x|x[root]) day enthusiasm in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , (x|x[root]) day to x (understanding|understand[root]) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly having the fortune of happiness child to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .
376To all the luckiest and holiest children from everywhere, to the courageous children who always put into a practical form the key of determined thoughts, to those who always keep their mind busy in different types of service, to the children who earn an income of multimillions at every step, to those who maintain their enthusiasm every day and celebrate every day as a festival, to the children who always have the fortune of happiness, BapDada's love, remembrance and namaste.
326मोहिनी बहन , ईशू बहन से : अभी वहाँ भी ( हॉस्पिटल में भी ) प्रोग्राम बनाना , जो भी कमरे में बैठो या बाहर भी बैठो वहाँ और कोई बात नहीं . mōhinī bahan , Īśhū bahan sē : abhī vahā̃ bhī ( hospital mē̃ bhī ) programme banānā , jō bhī kamrē mē̃ baiṭhō yā bāhar bhī baiṭhō vahā̃ aur kōī bāt nahī̃ . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] , Īśhū[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : ab[adv.hī] vahā̃ bhī[p.] ( hospital mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ) programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā bāhar bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vahā̃ aur kōī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . x x , Ishu x from : now there too ( hospital in too ) programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] , that too x in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or outside too sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] there someone else matter not .
377To Mohiniben and Ishu Dadi: Now, make a programme there too (at the hospital). 378Whoever is sitting in Dadiji's room, or even in the room outside, should not speak of anything else.
327ऐसा वायुमण्डल बनाना जैसे वह लोग साधनों द्वारा कमरे का वायुमण्डल बनाते हैं ना , तो वहाँ बिल्कुल ऐसा शक्तिशाली वायुमण्डल हो , जो आवे वह सेकण्ड में अशरीरी स्थिति का अनुभव करे . aisā vāyumaṇḍal banānā jaisē vah lōg sādhanō̃ dvārā kamrē kā vāyumaṇḍal banātē haĩ nā , tō vahā̃ bilkul aisā śhaktiśhālī vāyumaṇḍal hō , jō āvē vah second mē̃ aśharīrī sthiti kā anubhav karē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō vahā̃ bilkul[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] second mē̃[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . such atmosphere create[inf.m.sg.d.] like that people facilities through x of atmosphere create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then there at all such powerful atmosphere (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that come[opt.sg.23] that second in bodiless stage of experience do[opt.sg.23] .
379Create such an atmosphere, just as people create the atmosphere in a room with different facilities. 380Therefore, there should be a very powerful atmosphere there, so that whoever comes there experiences the bodiless stage in a second.
328इससे यह दवाई शक्तिशाली है . issē yah davāī śhaktiśhālī hai . yah[pn.sg.sē] yah[pn.sg.d.] davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.sē] this x powerful be[pres.sg.23] .
381This medicine is stronger than the other.
329 ( कुछ दिन तबियत ठीक रहती है , फिर कुछ न कुछ नीचे ऊपर हो जाता है ) अभी तो खेल चल रहा है ना , अभी यह वायुमण्डल , दवाई और दुआ दोनों साथ-साथ हो . ( kuchh din tabiyat ṭhīk rahtī hai , phir kuchh na kuchh nīchē ūpar hō jātā hai ) abhī tō khēl chal rahā hai nā , abhī yah vāyumaṇḍal , davāī aur duā dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hō . ( kuchh din[n.m.;sg.,d.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh nīchē ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ) ab[adv.hī] tō khēlnā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur duā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( anything day health OK remain[pres.sg.f.23] , (turn[root]|then) anything not anything down over be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ) now then play[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , now this atmosphere , x and blessing x x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
382(For some days Dadiji's health is fine, and then, something or other happens.) 383Now, the game is going on. 384Now, this atmosphere, the medicine and blessings should all be together.
330 ( चारों ओर सेन्टरों में भी योग चल रहा है ) सब तरफ विशेष योग में बैठें या बिजी भी हों लेकिन लक्ष्य वह हो . ( chārō̃ ōr sēnṭarō̃ mē̃ bhī yōg chal rahā hai ) sab taraph viśhēṣh yōg mē̃ baiṭhē̃ yā busy bhī hō̃ lēkin lakṣhya vah hō . ( chārō̃ ōr[x] centre[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yā busy bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin lakṣhya[adj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( everywhere centre in too yoga continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) all direction special yoga in sit[opt.pl.12hon3] or busy too be[opt.pl.12hon3] but aim that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
385(Yoga continues to take place for Dadiji in all centres.) 386Whether they sit in special yoga or even if they are busy, they should have this aim.
331समझें हमको यह सेवा करनी है . samajhē̃ hamkō yah sēvā karnī hai . samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kō] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . understand[opt.pl.12hon3] we[.kō] this service do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
387They should feel that they have to do this service.
332प्यार का रिटर्न तो यही है . pyār kā return tō yahī hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return tō yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . love of return then this be[pres.sg.23] .
388This is the return of love.
333दादा विश्वरतन ने 26 फरवरी को अचानक अपना पुराना शरीर छोड़ दियाdādā viśvaratan nē 26 February kō achānak apnā purānā śharīr chhōṛ diyādādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x nē[postp.] 26 February kō[postp.] achānak apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]Dada x ∅ 26 February to suddenly (adopt[root]|one’s own) old body renounce[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]
389Dada Vishwa Ratan suddenly left his body on 26th February.
334क्योंकि ड्रामा में कोई-कोई आत्मा को अचानक और एवररेडी का पाठ पक्का कराना है . kyōṅki drama mē̃ kōī-kōī ātmā kō achānak aur ever ready kā pāṭh pakkā karānā hai . kyōṅki drama mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] achānak aur ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because drama in some soul to suddenly and ever-ready of lesson firm make commit[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
390In the drama, one soul or another has to make everyone make the lesson of 'suddenly' and 'ever-ready' firm.
335देखो , जब चन्द्रमणी ने शरीर छोड़ा तो कुछ समय वह लहर अच्छी रही . dēkhō , jab chandramaṇī nē śharīr chhōṛā tō kuchh samay vah lahar achchhī rahī . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jab chandramaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[past-part.f.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , when Chandermani ∅ body renounce[past-part.m.sg.d.] then anything time that wave achcha remain[past-part.f.] .
391Look, when Dadi Chandermani left her body, that wave (of suddenly) was good for some time.
336सभी अचानक के पाठ में पक्के रहे , फिर धीरे-धीरे हल्का हो गया . sabhī achānak kē|K pāṭh mē̃ pakkē rahē , phir dhīrē-dhīrē halkā hō gayā . sab[adv.hī] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dhīrē halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . all suddenly (of|K) lesson in firm (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , (turn[root]|then) x light be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
392Everyone remained firm in the lesson of "suddenly" and then it gradually became slack.
337फिर यह जो ड्रामा में पार्ट हुआ यह वायुमण्डल में अचानक और एवररेडी का पाठ फिर से पक्का कराने के निमित्त बनें . phir yah jō drama mē̃ part huā yah vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ achānak aur ever ready kā pāṭh phir sē pakkā karānē kē nimitt banē̃ . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] drama mē̃[postp.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] achānak aur ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir sē[x] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (turn[root]|then) this that drama in part be[past-part.m.sg.d.] this atmosphere in suddenly and ever-ready of lesson again firm make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
393Then, this part that was enacted in the drama became an instrument to make everyone once again make the lesson of 'suddenly' and 'ever-ready' firm.
338विश्वरतन का निराकारी स्थिति का ध्यान अच्छा रहा , गुप्त में यह पाठ पक्का था . viśvaratan kā nirākārī sthiti kā dhyān achchhā rahā , gupta mē̃ yah pāṭh pakkā thā . x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] , gupt[adj.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] . x of incorporeal stage of attention achcha (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) , incognito in this lesson firm be[past.m.sg] .
394Vishwa Ratan paid good attention to maintaining the incorporeal stage; he had made this lesson firm in an incognito way.
339इसीलिए जल्दी सेकण्ड में पार्ट पूरा हो गया . isīliē jaldī second mē̃ part pūrā hō gayā . isīliē jaldī second mē̃[postp.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x very quickly second in part full be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
395This is why his part finished quickly in a second.
340यह भी समय सभी को अटेन्शन खिंचाने के लिए निमित्त बनता है . yah bhī samay sabhī kō attention khiñchānē kē liē nimitt bantā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] attention khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|khiñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . this too time all to attention (pull[inf.m.pl.,o.]|draw[inf.m.pl.,o.]) for instrument become[pres.sg.m.23] .
396This time also becomes an instrument to draw everyone's attention.
341सभी थोड़ा थोड़ा अभी समझते हैं , अभी तो टाइम पड़ा है , यह लहर अभी होनी नहीं चाहिए . sabhī thōṛā thōṛā abhī samajhtē haĩ , abhī tō time paṛā hai , yah lahar abhī hōnī nahī̃ chāhiē . sab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] tō time paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] hōnā[inf.f.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . all short short now understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , now then time fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this wave now be[inf.f.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
397Everyone at present thinks that there is still some time left. 398There should no longer be that wave.
342एवररेडी रहना चाहिए क्योंकि बहुतकाल का भी अटेन्शन रहना चाहिए . ever ready rahnā chāhiē kyōṅki bahutkāl kā bhī attention rahnā chāhiē . ever ready rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] attention rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] . ever-ready (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) because a long period of time of too attention (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) .
399You should remain ever-ready because there also has to be attention over a long period of time.
343अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
400Achcha.
344 ( दादियों से ) : आपका ग्रुप तो अटेन्शन वाला है ही ना . ( dādiyō̃ sē ) : āpkā group tō attention vālā hai hī nā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) : āp[pn.pl.kā] group tō attention vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nā . ( Dadi from ) : you[.kā] group then attention those who be[pres.sg.23] only ∅ .
401To the Dadis: Your group is one that has attention, is it not?
345अटेन्शन रहता है ना . attention rahtā hai nā . attention rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . attention remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ . 346अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 347आपका अटेन्शन तो रहता है ना , एवररेडी है ? āpkā attention tō rahtā hai nā , ever ready hai ? āp[pn.pl.kā] attention tō rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , ever ready hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kā] attention then remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , ever-ready be[pres.sg.23] ?
402You have attention, do you not? 403Are you ever-ready?
348दादा के सेवाधारी मनोज से : ड्रामा को देखके खुश हो ना , ड्रामा में जो भी होता है अच्छा होता है . dādā kē|K sēvādhārī manōj sē : drama kō dēkhkē khuśh hō nā , drama mē̃ jō bhī hōtā hai achchhā hōtā hai . dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sē[postp.] : drama kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , drama mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Dada (of|K) server x from : drama to see[abs.] happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , drama in that too be[pres.sg.m.23] achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] .
404To Manoj (who used to look after Dada Vishwa Ratan): You are pleased on seeing the drama, are you not? 405Whatever happens in the drama is good.
349 ( दादा की बहुत याद आती है ) याद भले आवे , उनके गुण और उनके कर्तव्य याद आवे और फिर फॉलो करो . ( dādā kī|key bahut yād ātī hai ) yād bhalē āvē , unkē guṇ aur unkē kartavya yād āvē aur phir follow karō . ( dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ) yād[n.f.;sg.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.kē] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vah[pn.pl.kē] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( Dada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] ) remembrance benefit come[opt.sg.23] , that[.kē] virtue and that[.kē] activity remembrance come[opt.sg.23] and (turn[root]|then) follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
406(I remember Dada a lot.) 407You may remember him; simply remember his virtues and his duties and then follow him.
350याद तो आयेगा ही . yād tō āyēgā hī . yād[n.f.;sg.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] . remembrance then come[fut.m.sg.23] only .
408Of course you will remember him.
351बस आज्ञा यही है कि फॉलो करो , खुश रहो खुशी बांटो . bas āgyā yahī hai ki follow karō , khuśh rahō khuśhī bāṇṭō . basnā[root]|bas āgyā[n.f.;sg.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|simply) order this be[pres.sg.23] that follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , happy remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] happiness distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
409The instruction is that you just follow him, remain happy and share that happiness.
352निर्वैर भाई ने दादी जी का समाचार सुनाया और सभी की याद दी : सभी को सेवा की मुबारक और याद देना . nirvair bhāī nē dādī jī kā samāchār sunāyā aur sabhī kī|key yād dī|the : sabhī kō sēvā kī|key mubārak aur yād dēnā . nirvair[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the : sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] and all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) : all to service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations and remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
410Nirwairbhai gave news about Dadiji and conveyed everyone's remembrance to Baba: Give everyone remembrance and congratulations for service.
353 ( मुन्नी बहन ने याद दी है , दादी जी को जल्दी से जल्दी मधुबन लाने की इच्छा है ) जल्दी नहीं करे , जल्दी का संकल्प नहीं , बस . ( Munnī bahan nē yād dī hai , dādī jī kō jaldī sē jaldī madhuban lānē kī|key ichchhā hai ) jaldī nahī̃ karē , jaldī kā saṅkalp nahī̃ , bas . ( x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] kō[postp.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ichchhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) jaldī nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , jaldī kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , basnā[root]|bas . ( x x ∅ remembrance give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) to very quickly from very quickly Madhuban x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire be[pres.sg.23] ) very quickly not do[opt.sg.23] , very quickly of thought not , (x[root]|simply) .
411(Munniben has given remembrance and has the desire to bring Dadiji quickly back to Madhuban.) 412Nothing should be hurried. 413Do not have the thought of hurrying anything, that is all.
354वायुमण्डल को शक्तिशाली बनाये . vāyumaṇḍal kō śhaktiśhālī banāyē . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . atmosphere to powerful create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
414Just make the atmosphere powerful.
355अभी यह संकल्प करो ही नहीं . abhī yah saṅkalp karō hī nahī̃ . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . now this thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only not .
415Now, do not even have this thought.
356यह करो - अच्छा है , अच्छा है , अच्छा है . yah karō - achchhā hai , achchhā hai , achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - achcha be[pres.sg.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 357हो जायेगा कोई बात नहींhō jāyēgā kōī bāt nahī̃hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg]be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] some matter not
416Simply say, "It is good, it is good and it will be good."
358रमेश भाई से : बाम्बे क्या करेगी ? ramēśh bhāī sē : bāmbē kyā karēgī ? ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] : bāmbē kyā karnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? Rameshbhai from : Bombay what do[fut.f.sg.23] ?
417To Rameshbhai: What will Bombay do?
359कोई नया प्लैन निकालो . kōī nayā plan nikālō . kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some new plan x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
418Now make a new plan.
360वर्गीकरण के प्रोग्राम तो होते ही रहते हैं कोई नया ऐसा हो जो प्रत्यक्ष दिखाई दे . vargīkaraṇ kē|K programme tō hōtē hī rahtē haĩ kōī nayā aisā hō jō pratyakṣha dikhāī dē . vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K programme tō hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . serving the professions (of|K) programme then be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] some new such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that visible be visible .
419The programmes of the wings take place all the time, but let there now be a new programme in which something is clearly visible.
361किया और निकला और सेवा शुरू कर दे , ऐसे अभी तुरत दान महापुण्य . kiyā aur nikalā aur sēvā śhurū kar dē , aisē abhī turat dān mahāpuṇya . karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] turat dān mahāpuṇya[x] . do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] and service beginning do[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] , such now Instant donations, great charity! .
420You make a programme, someone emerges from there and begins to serve. 421There now has to be great charity through instant donation.
362भोपाल भाई , गोलक भाई से : मधुबन के चारों ओर भी पावरफुल वायुमण्डल बनाओ . bhōpāl bhāī , gōlak bhāī sē : madhuban kē|K chārō̃ ōr bhī powerful vāyumaṇḍal banāō . bhōpāl bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] , x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] : madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chārō̃ ōr[x] bhī[p.] powerful vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Bhopal (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) , x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from : Madhuban (of|K) everywhere too powerful atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
422To Bhopalbhai and Golakbhai: Make the atmosphere all around Madhuban powerful.
363मीटिंग करना , सभी मिलके मीटिंग करना . meeting karnā , sabhī milkē meeting karnā . meeting karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] meeting karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . meeting do[inf.m.sg.d.] , all receive[abs.] meeting do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
423Have a meeting. 424All of you get together and have a meeting.
364 ( दादी जानकी से ) मधुबन वालों की मीटिंग कराना . ( dādī jānkī sē ) madhuban vālō̃ kī|key meeting karānā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key meeting karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( Dadi x from ) Madhuban those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) meeting make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] .
425(To Dadi Janki: - have a meeting with the Madhuban residents.)
365चन्द्रहास दादा से : तबियत अच्छी है . candrahās dādā sē : tabiyat achchhī hai . x dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sē[postp.] : tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x Dada from : health achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
426To Dada Chandras: Your health is good. 427It is good.
366अच्छा है , अपनी तबियत को खुद ही समझके चलाते रहो . achchhā hai , apnī tabiyat kō khud hī samajhkē chalātē rahō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] khud hī[p.] samajhnā[abs.] chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own health to oneself only understand[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
428Understand your body and look after your own health.
367बड़े में बड़ा डाक्टर खुद हैं . baṛē mē̃ baṛā doctor khud haĩ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] doctor khud hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very in very doctor oneself be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
429The greatest doctor is one's own self.
368डा . करसन भाई पटेल ( चेयरमैन निरमा ग्रुप ) : अभी जैसे अपने लौकिक बिजनेस में उन्नति कर रहे हो ना , ऐसे अभी यह आध्यात्मिक बिजनेस भी करो . ḍā . karsan bhāī paṭēl ( chairman nirmā group ) : abhī jaisē apnē laukik business mē̃ unnati kar rahē hō nā , aisē abhī yah ādhyātmik business bhī karō . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] x ( chairman x group ) : ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] laukik[adj.] business mē̃[postp.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] ādhyātmik[adj.] business bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x ( x x group ) : now like one’s own worldly business in self-progress do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ , such now this spiritual business too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
430Dr. 431Karsanbhai Patel (Chairman, Nirma Group - soap and toiletries): Just as you are progressing in your worldly business, similarly, now also do this spiritual business.
369परमात्मा से बिजनेस करो , बहुत इजी . paramātmā sē business karō , bahut easy . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] business karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bahut easy . Supreme Soul from business do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very easy . 370जो अविनाशी रहे . jō avināśhī rahē . jō[pn.;d.] avināśhī[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that imperishable (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
432Do business with God. 433It is very easy, and it will remain imperishable.
371यह बिजनेस तो एक जन्म रहेगा ना लेकिन वह 21 जन्म की गैरन्टी है . yah business tō ēk janm rahēgā nā lēkin vah 21 janm kī|key guarantee hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] business tō ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this business then one (life|be born[root]) remain[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ but that 21 (life|be born[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) guarantee be[pres.sg.23] .
434This business will only last for one birth, but that is a guarantee for 21 births.
372तो 21 जन्म करना नहीं पड़ेगा . tō 21 janm karnā nahī̃ paṛēgā . tō 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then 21 (life|be born[root]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
435So, you will not have to do business for 21 births.
373सिर्फ खाना पीना मौज करना पड़ेगा . sirph khānā pīnā mauj karnā paṛēgā . sirph[adj.] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . only (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) drink[inf.m.sg.d.] pleasure do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
436You will just have to eat, drink and enjoy yourself.
374तो ऐसा बिजनेस करो . tō aisā business karō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] business karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such business do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
437So, do such business.
375करने चाहते हो ? karnē chāhtē hō ? karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.2] ?
438Do you want to do this?
376निमित्त बनो . nimitt banō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . instrument become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
439Become an instrument.
377आपको देखकर फिर औरों में भी उमंग आयेगा . āpkō dēkhkar phir aurō̃ mē̃ bhī umaṅg āyēgā . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] aurō̃ mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . you[.kō] see[abs.] (turn[root]|then) others in too zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] .
440Seeing you, others will also have that enthusiasm.
378यहाँ तक पहुंचे हो तो अवश्य कोई भाग्य छिपा हुआ था जो यहाँ पहुंच गये हो . yahā̃ tak pahuñchē hō tō avaśhya kōī bhāgya chhipā huā thā jō yahā̃ pahuñch gayē hō . yahā̃ tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō avaśhya kōī[pn.;d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhipnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chhipānā[root] hōnā[past-perf.m.sg.] jō[pn.;d.] yahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . here until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then x some x (secretly[past-part.m.sg.d.]|hide[root]) be[past-perf.m.sg.] that here reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
441You have reached here, and so you must definitely have had some hidden fortune that you reached here.
379जो भाग्य यहाँ ले आया है . jō bhāgya yahā̃ lē āyā hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahā̃ lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . that x here take[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .
442It is your fortune that has brought you here.
380निमित्त तो कोई बनेगा ना ! nimitt tō kōī banēgā nā ! nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! instrument then some become[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
443Someone has to become an instrument!
381कितने बारी सोचा जाना है , जाना है , आज ही कैसे पहुंचे ? kitnē bārī sōchā jānā hai , jānā hai , āj hī kaisē pahuñchē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , āj hī[p.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] ? so x think[past-part.m.sg.d.] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) , (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) , today only how (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) ?
444You thought about coming here so many times, but how was it that you reached here only on this day?
382तो यह भाग्य आपको ले आया . tō yah bhāgya āpkō lē āyā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+ānā] . then this x you[.kō] take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+ānā] .
445It was your fortune that brought you here.
383बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
446You did very well.
384स्वामी समर्पणानंदगिरी जी , पुरी : बहुत अच्छा है . svāmī samarpaṇānandagirī jī , purī : bahut achchhā hai . svāmī[n.m.;sg.,d.] x jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] , purī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] : bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Swami x (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) , land : very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
447Swami Samarpananandgiriji, Puri: It is very good.
385साथ-साथ मिलके करेंगे ना तो आवाज बुलन्द होगा . sāth-sāth milkē karē̃gē nā tō āvāj buland hōgā . sāth-sāth milnā[abs.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō āvāz[n.f.;sg.] buland[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x receive[abs.] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then noise x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
448If you work together, then the sound will be heard loudly.
386बुलन्द आवाज बहुतों के कानों में जायेगा . buland āvāj bahutō̃ kē|K kānō̃ mē̃ jāyēgā . buland[adj.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bahut[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . x noise very (of|K) ear in go[fut.m.sg.23] .
449A loud sound will reach many ears.
387अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
450It is good.
388सब धर्म के नेतायें मिलके करें ना तो आवाज बहुत जल्दी फैले . sab dharm kē|K nētāyē̃ milkē karē̃ nā tō āvāj bahut jaldī phailē . sab[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nētā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] nā tō āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bahut jaldī phailnā[opt.sg.23]|phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . all religion (of|K) founder receive[abs.] do[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ then noise very very quickly (spread[opt.sg.23]|spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
451If the leaders of all religions work together, then the sound can spread very quickly.
389यह भी होना है . yah bhī hōnā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this too be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
452This has to happen too.
390थोड़ा टाइम लग रहा है लेकिन होना है . thōṛā time lag rahā hai lēkin hōnā hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . short time x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
453It is taking a little time, but it has to happen.
391सब मिलकरके एक ही झण्डा लहरायेंगे . sab milkarkē ēk hī jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē . sab[adj.] milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all receive[abs.] one only flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
454Everyone together will hoist the one flag.
392राकेश मेहता , आई . ए . एस . बिजली बोर्ड दिल्ली : यहाँ भी देखो आत्मा लाइट है और लाइट हाउस होके लाइट देनी है . rākēś Mēhtā , eye|āī|I . A . S . bijlī board dillī : yahā̃ bhī dēkhō ātmā light hai aur light house hōkē light dēnī hai . x x , eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . A . S . bijlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] board dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] : yahā̃ bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur light house[x] hōnā[abs.] light dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x x , (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . a . x . light board Delhi : here too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] soul light be[pres.sg.23] and lighthouse be[abs.] light give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
455To Rakesh Mehta, I.A.S, Electricity Board, Delhi: Here, too, see, the soul is light and you have to become a lighthouse and give light.
393तो डबल लाइट का ज्ञान लेने वाले भाग्यवान आत्मा हो . tō double light kā gyān lēnē vālē bhāgyavān ātmā hō . tō double light[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then double-light of knowledge take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who fortunate soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
456So, you are a fortunate soul who has taken knowledge of double light.
394वह भी लाइट जरूरी है , यह भी लाइट जरूरी है . vah bhī light jarūrī hai , yah bhī light jarūrī hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] light zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] light zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too light essential be[pres.sg.23] , this too light essential be[pres.sg.23] .
457That light is essential and this light is also essential.
395अभी निमित्त बनके दुःखी आत्माओं को सुखी करो . abhī nimitt bankē duḥkhī ātmāō̃ kō sukhī karō . ab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sukhī[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now instrument become[abs.] (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) soul to happy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
458Now, become an instrument and make the unhappy souls happy.
396टेन्शन फ्री लाइफ बनाओ . tension free life banāō . tension free life banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . tension free life create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
459Create a tension-free life.
460* * * O M S H A N T I * * *